152 files changed, 9403 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/78376-0.txt b/78376-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfab280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2963 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78376 ***
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: RECRUITS AT THE NAVAL TRAINING CAMP, PELHAM BAY, N. Y.,
+LEARNING TO MAKE KNOTS]
+
+
+
+
+                                 KNOTS
+
+                A study of Marlinespike Seamanship which
+               embraces Bends, Hitches, Ties, Fastenings
+              and Splices and their Practical Application.
+
+                   With chapters on Cordage, Matting,
+                        Hammock Making and Wire
+                               Steel Work
+
+                         Compiled and Edited by
+                             A. F. ALDRIDGE
+
+                        Dedicated to the Sailors
+                          of the United States
+
+                     THE RUDDER PUBLISHING COMPANY
+
+                     9 MURRAY STREET, NEW YORK CITY
+
+                                U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+                            _COPYRIGHT 1918_
+
+                                   BY
+                       THE RUDDER PUBLISHING CO.
+                           NEW YORK, U. S. A.
+
+                         _All Rights Reserved_
+
+                                PRESS OF
+                           THOMSON & COMPANY
+                       9 MURRAY STREET, NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+  Preface                                        7
+
+  History of Knots                               9
+
+  Cordage                                       11
+
+  Rope and Its Care                             15
+
+  Simple Knots and Loops                        21
+
+  Knots for Uniting Ropes                       31
+
+  Bends and Hitches                             36
+
+  Knots Formed on Ropes by Their Own Strands    50
+
+  Shortenings                                   68
+
+  Ties                                          73
+
+  Purchases and Slings                          79
+
+  Fastenings, Moorings and Ring Knots           88
+
+  Lashings and Seizings etc.                   101
+
+  Splicing and Rope Work                       112
+
+  Wire Rope Splicing                           128
+
+  Matting                                      134
+
+  Hammock Making                               146
+
+  Strength of Rope etc.                        152
+
+  Index                                        157
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The study of knots is always fascinating. To twist ropes so that they
+will hold and not break is an art that comes natural to the sailor and
+the amateur will watch him in wonder as he does his work. Knots are
+just as important in these days of steam vessels as they were in the
+days of the sailing vessel, and now when thousands of men are being
+trained to handle the fleets of vessels building tying knots is a part
+of their training.
+
+At the Naval camps and the nautical schools the men are trained in
+squads and with a little practice they soon acquire the art. To aid
+those students this book has been published. It has been compiled from
+American and British Government records and from many other sources,
+so that it is as complete a collection of knots as it is possible to
+obtain.
+
+It will be of great assistance to men of the U. S. Navy, U. S. Naval
+Reserve, U. S. Junior Naval Reserve, the U. S. Nautical Schools and the
+U. S. Power Squadrons who are working so loyally to aid their country
+in its time of need. To these men this book is dedicated in the hope
+that it may be of some help to them in their work.
+
+
+
+
+HISTORY OF KNOTS
+
+
+Knots, according to an ingenuous essayist, are probably as “old as
+human fingers” and their history is lost in antiquity. Doubtless when
+man was first placed on this earth he learned to make fastenings
+from the tendrils of climbing vines and trailing flowers which twist
+themselves into odd fastenings as they lift themselves from the earth.
+The first cords were probably twisted grasses and rushes. Since those
+early days knots, like Topsy, have “just growed” and man’s ingenuity
+has enabled him so to arrange ropes and cords that they will sustain
+weights, fasten various articles together and take up strains so that
+they will hold under ordinary conditions.
+
+Seamen are credited with having devised the most knots. They have
+invented ties upon which depend the safety of their ships and the lives
+of those on board. Operatives in many trades such as building have
+borrowed from the seamen their knots and applied them to their work. In
+some instances the land operator has invented new knots or ties to suit
+conditions not found on shipboard.
+
+To tie a knot properly or to be able to join ropes so that they will
+hold and withstand heavy strains is so important with seamen that
+careful attention is paid to the instruction of the men in this
+particular work. At the many naval training camps scattered about
+the country capable instructors show the recruits how to properly
+make knots, ties, hitches, bends and splices, and until the recruit
+knows how to handle ropes quickly and properly he is not much use at
+sea. In the nautical schools, too, and in the divisions of the U. S.
+Power Squadron much attention is paid to this part of the novice’s
+instruction.
+
+The steamship is steadily driving the sailing vessel from the seas.
+Of course on a sailing ship, where every spar is stayed by rope and
+where all the sails, the propelling power, are handled by ropes, the
+ability to properly tie knots is more important than on a vessel
+driven by steam or oil engines, but on the powered vessel there are
+many occasions when it is necessary to have a knowledge of knots,
+particularly in handling cargoes, in making fast to piers or moorings,
+in towing, in handling boats, and in hundreds of other instances so
+that the steam engine is not making “marlinespike seamanship” a lost
+art.
+
+
+
+
+CORDAGE
+
+
+Rope is a word that is taken to mean almost every pliable material.
+Technically a rope is a cord one inch or more in diameter. It is
+generally made of hemp, manila, coir, cotton, steel, iron or copper
+wire. In studying the nature and uses of knots, particularly those
+which come under the designation of splices, some knowledge of the
+mode and of the principles on which ropes are made, is essentially
+necessary. The simplest and most effectual mode of obtaining the united
+strength of fibres composing the rope would be to lay them side by
+side and fasten them together at each end as in the selvagee, which
+is described on page 120. This plan, even if the fibres of hemp were
+of the necessary length, would be open to many objections; hence it
+was necessary to devise some plan which would give unlimited length to
+the rope and at the same time preserve its torsion and portability.
+This has been achieved by the compression and twisting of the fibres
+in different directions, until they produce a compact, hard and strong
+rope, neither breaking the fibres on the one hand nor leaving them so
+loose as to be easily drawn out from the mass on the other--either
+extreme would be equally fatal in its results and injurious to the
+stability of the rope. This is achieved by the modern processes of rope
+making.
+
+[Illustration: FIBRES TO CABLE]
+
+First the fibres of hemp are loosely twisted together, right-handed,
+and form what is technically known as yarn. Two or three yarns twisted
+together form a strand; three strands form a rope and three ropes a
+cable. The diagram illustrates this clearly. =A= is a yarn teased out
+to show the original fibre; =B= shows the yarn forming the strand; the
+strands =C=, =H=, and =J= form the rope =D=; the ropes =D=, =F=, and
+=G= form the cable =E=.
+
+A hawser rope is composed of three strands laid up generally
+right-handed--that is, the direction taken by the strands in forming
+the rope always runs from left to right.
+
+A shroud-laid rope, also laid right-handed, consists of four strands
+with a heart in the center.
+
+A cable-laid rope is composed of three right-handed hawser-laid ropes
+laid up together left-handed, so that it may be said to consist of
+nine strands, or it may be formed by three left-handed ropes laid up
+right-handed.
+
+[Illustration: HAWSER ROPE SHROUD-LAID ROPE CABLE-LAID ROPE]
+
+Spun yarn is a number of yarns twisted up right-handed. The number
+varies from two to eight.
+
+Nettle stuff is made of two or three yarns laid together and is used
+for making clews of hammocks, harbor gaskets, etc.
+
+Sennit is made of a number of yarns plaited up into square, round or
+flat sennit as required and used for various purposes.
+
+Junk consists of lengths of condemned cordage 4 inches and above.
+
+Oakum is old rope unlaid and the yarns picked into hemp for caulking
+the seams in ships’ decks or sides.
+
+Boltrope is cordage tarred and white, made of Italian hemp from ½ inch
+to 6 inches. It is soft laid and well stretched and is used for roping
+sails and awnings.
+
+Hammock lashings and lanyards are of white Italian hemp 1¼ inch.
+
+Coir rope is three-stranded right-handed rope. The yarn is spun from
+the fibres of the cocoanut tree. It is one-third lighter than hemp but
+not nearly so durable. It soon rots after being wet, if not well dried
+before being stowed away. As it floats so light it is very useful for
+warps and is about a quarter the strength of hemp rope.
+
+Twine is made from very fine hemp.
+
+
+
+
+ROPE AND ITS CARE
+
+
+Rope--and a sailor’s mind instantly pictures a ship. Ropes belong to
+a ship in his mind’s processes and since man launched his first boat
+on the water, rope has been in one form or another part of a boat’s
+equipment. Savages probably had ropes before they had boats, but with
+the development of the boat has come the development of rope into the
+product of today.
+
+Did you ever stop to think why rope is so much used aboard ships? What
+are the qualities which make it such a necessary part of a ship’s
+gear? Ropes are primarily used to transmit power in a convenient way.
+If sailors could grasp the sail in their hands and clew it up no
+clew-lines would be necessary. But their arms are not long enough and
+the power would be spread over such a large area that it would become
+ineffective. A clew-line concentrates that power from that point of
+application to a convenient place for the sailor to apply it. An iron
+rod would do the same thing, you say. Yes, but an iron rod lacks two
+essential qualities--lightness and flexibility. Flexibility is the
+cardinal virtue of a rope. When not in use it can be coiled down to
+a very small space and it can follow the wake of the worst helmsman
+without fear of breaking its back. A chain is flexible, but its own
+weight is so great that it is only of value for certain kinds of work.
+
+Ropes are made of organic material such as cotton, hemp, manila, grass,
+and of metals such as iron, steel, bronze and sometimes aluminum.
+
+The class of organic materials is classified as to the material and the
+manner in which they are made up. Grass, manila and hemp are spun into
+rope, while cotton is spun, braided and knitted. Braided and knitted
+ropes have the distinctive quality of being able to transmit torsional
+stresses such as a flexible shaft and are used for this purpose in
+the patent log-line. They are also free from turns, which makes them
+valuable as signal halyards, though by the use of small swivels this
+bad feature on spun rope has been overcome for use as signal halyards.
+When you do use cotton, remember it has a great ability for shrinking.
+Therefore, do not haul your halyards taut in dry weather and wonder why
+they parted in the first rain-squall.
+
+If spun rope has ruined so many dispositions by the diabolical turn
+which it can foul itself into--why use it? Because that very same
+twist--the cause of so much cursing--is the secret of its strength.
+Rope is subjected to a tension or pull along the line of its longest
+axis. The thread is made of little fibres which are twisted together.
+The threads are then twisted to make yarns or strands and the strands
+twisted or spun into rope or lines. Rope or lines are made up into
+hawsers.
+
+Take a coil spring and pull out the ends. If you put power enough on
+the wire it straightens out. This is exactly what happens when you put
+a strain on a rope; the twists or turns try to straighten out, and
+lie in a straight line along the center. But there is yarn already
+in the center, and the coils are pressing in on all sides, squeezing
+it more and more as the load increases. Now the reason why the two
+first fibres clung together when they were twisted was that this same
+pressure made the friction between the fibres so great that they could
+not slide by each other. This applies to the many hundreds of fibres
+which make up the rope as a whole. So the harder the pull the harder
+the squeeze and the harder it is for them to slip by each other. The
+fact that some pieces of fibre are first on the outside and then on
+the inside makes all get an equal share of the squeeze. Why does this
+not go on indefinitely? Because up to a certain load the tendency to
+cling together is greater than the reaction from the center, which has
+to push them apart, but when this pressure or reaction becomes greater
+than the friction the little fibres begin to slide and the ropes part.
+
+The smaller sizes of spun ropes of this organic class are designated by
+the number of threads used to make up the rope, such as nine-thread or
+eighteen-thread line. The larger sizes are designated by the number of
+inches of circumference, such as one-inch, three-inch, etc. Hawsers are
+measured by the circumference in inches. Spun ropes are three-stranded
+or four-stranded. A three-stranded rope is more flexible than a four,
+but a four has greater surface area for the same strength and weight
+and therefore wears longer.
+
+Hemp rope is harder and less flexible than manila and is used for
+standing rigging, while manila rope is used for running rigging.
+
+Grass or coir ropes are used where the rope is submerged often, as they
+do not rot when damp and can be stowed wet. They are very elastic and
+are specially used for towing light weights, such as targets in the
+Navy.
+
+Just a few hints about this general class of organic ropes:
+
+Always dry these ropes before stowing them to prevent rotting.
+
+Protect them from chafing by use of chafing gear or reversing end for
+end to bring the wear in different places.
+
+Always coil down right-handed or with the sun.
+
+The greater the surface the less the wear on any one strand, so use
+four-stranded for ropes whose particular wear is from chafing such as
+anchor warps, for small boats and boat-falls. A small size rope would
+often be strong enough but would chafe through quicker.
+
+Metallic or wire ropes are generally either iron, steel, bronze or
+combinations of metal strands spun with hemp or manila strands.
+
+Bronze rope is used for tiller ropes because it is non-magnetic and
+it will not rust. This is important, as tiller ropes are often in
+inaccessible places. If it does not pass near your compass and it is
+out where it can be easily examined and cared for to prevent rusting, a
+flexible steel tiller rope is cheaper and stronger for the same weight
+and also wears longer.
+
+Galvanized iron wire is used for standing rigging, and the rusting in
+places where turns have broken the surface coating, such as around
+thimbles of an eye splice, should be carefully looked for. Most sailors
+think it wiser not to paint wire except for decorative purposes. If it
+is painted be sure to remove all grease and water from the surface.
+
+Steel rope is used for running rigging because of its flexibility and
+lightness. It is not adapted, however, for small boats.
+
+A combination of alternate strands of wire and hemp is made into rope
+known as durable rope, and is used particularly for cargo falls and it
+is more flexible and more easily handled.
+
+
+
+
+SIMPLE KNOTS AND LOOPS
+
+
+All knots are begun with loops or hitches. These may be single or
+double as required. The simple hitch is self-explanatory, as are the
+underhand and the overhand loops. The illustrations explain them
+clearly.
+
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE HITCH UNDERHAND LOOP OVERHAND LOOP]
+
+=The Simple Knot= begins with one of these loops by passing the loose
+end through the loop and then drawing it taut as shown in the diagram.
+
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE KNOT FIGURE OF 8 KNOT]
+
+=The Figure of 8 Knot= is known as the perfect knot. It is formed by an
+overhand and an underhand loop overlapping each other and the loose end
+passed through the loop. When drawn tight it bears a close resemblance
+to the Arabic numeral 8, hence its name.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE KNOT NIPPED TREBLE KNOT OPEN]
+
+=The Double, Treble, Four-Fold, or Six-Fold Knots= may be called
+compound knots. They are used often when it is necessary to shorten
+a rope a few inches or to increase the size or strength of a holding
+knot to prevent it passing through an eye or a block. These knots are
+made by passing the end of a rope twice, three times, or as many times
+as may be necessary, through a loop as shown in the Simple Knot. The
+diagrams show a double knot loosely formed and when nipped or drawn
+taut, and a treble knot in its open formation and pulled taut.
+
+[Illustration: FIVE-FOLD KNOT OPEN NIPPED]
+
+=The Five and Six-Fold Knots= present handsome coils and are useful to
+travelers who do not wish to cut the precious cords of their baggage.
+
+From Simple knots the student passes to loops, nooses and running
+knots. The Bight of a rope is the loop formed when a rope is bent back
+on itself. The Standing Part is the principal portion or longest part
+of the rope and the end is that part used in forming the knot or hitch.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE RUNNING KNOT LOOP KNOT]
+
+=The Simple Running Knot= is made by passing a hitch instead of the end
+of a rope when making a simple knot. The variations of this knot are
+numerous. When the loose end is knotted with a simple perfect or double
+knot it forms one of the most useful and easily made loops.
+
+[Illustration: TOMFOOL KNOT]
+
+=The Tomfool Knot= is a double loop through a simple knot. This knot
+is also known as the Single Pitcher Knot. It is said that this knot
+has baffled many experts who profess to be able to break any knot. It
+is made like the running knot. The firm end is then passed through the
+open, simple knot so as to form a double loop or bow. If the wrists are
+passed within the loops, the loops then drawn taut and the loose ends
+tied firmly around the central part a pair of very good handcuffs is
+furnished.
+
+[Illustration: LOOP KNOT FOR LARGE CORDAGE]
+
+=The Loop Knot= is the ordinary useful loop of everyday life and it
+forms the foundation for many more elaborate knots and for shortenings.
+A more ornamental and even stronger loop, which is well adapted for
+large cordage, is made by the figure 8 knot. This loop, like the common
+loop knot, when once made and has been subjected to a lengthened
+strain, is very difficult to untie. In this case there is nothing
+better than a running knot with a check knot, which is a modification
+of the fisherman’s knot. A simple knot is tied over the running line as
+shown in the figure. After use it may be easily drawn apart, the loop
+slipped and the knot untied in very short time.
+
+[Illustration: BOWLINE KNOT]
+
+=The Bowline Knot= cannot slip and is therefore always used for
+slinging a man for the purpose of doing some particular piece of work;
+the workman sits in the sling. First take the part =Z= in the right
+hand with =Y= in the left hand, place =Z= on =Y=, and, turning the left
+hand over from you to the left, form a loop and reeve =C= as shown by
+the dotted line and haul taut.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 RUNNING BOWLINE KNOT]
+
+=The Running Bowline= is used whenever a running noose is required.
+Form a loop with a long end =C= lying underneath the standing part as
+shown in Fig. 1. Now bring end =C= over part =Y= and with it form the
+bowline knot on part =Z= as in the previous case it was formed on its
+own part, when it will appear as in Fig. 2.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 BOWLINE ON THE BIGHT]
+
+=The Bowline on the Bight= is used for lowering a man from aloft or
+slinging a man over the ship’s side. Using both parts of the rope
+together, commence as in making an ordinary bowline. To finish off,
+open out bight =C=, taking it in the direction indicated by the dotted
+line, pass the whole knot through it and haul taut when it will appear
+as in Fig. 2.
+
+=A Simple Clinch= is formed by closing up the initial loop to form a
+small ring and securing, by a seizing, a small lashing at =D=.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE CLINCH RUNNING OR INSIDE CLINCH OUTSIDE CLINCH]
+
+=A Running= or =Inside Clinch= is formed by the end of a rope on its
+own standing part and is often used for securing buntlines to the foot
+of a sail.
+
+=An Outside Clinch= is formed in a similar way but the end, =C=, is
+brought round on top; that is, away from the bight.
+
+=The Standing Bowline Knot= is formed by passing the loose end through
+the lower loop of a figure 8 knot and seizing or tying the end with
+small cord or marline.
+
+=Slip Clinches= are very easily made. They are really open running
+knots seized instead of tied.
+
+[Illustration: STANDING BOWLINE AND SLIP CLINCHES SEIZED]
+
+=The Running Noose= is one of the most common and useful of running
+knots used in commerce but it is only applicable to small cords. A
+simple knot is made on the end of the cord which is then simply
+knotted round.
+
+=The Crossed Running Knot= is useful in packing heavy goods as well as
+a useful anchor fastening.
+
+[Illustration: RUNNING NOOSE CROSSED RUNNING KNOT]
+
+
+
+
+KNOTS FOR UNITING ROPES
+
+
+The most common knots, those used in everyday life, are to unite the
+ends of two separate pieces of cord or rope.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 REEF KNOT]
+
+=The Reef Knot= is the simplest of all knots and always used when a
+common tie is required. The two illustrations show how this knot is
+made. Having constructed the knot as far as Fig. 1, be sure part =A= is
+kept in front of part =B= as shown, and the end led in according to the
+direction of the dotted line.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3 FALSE OR GRANNY KNOT]
+
+If the cords be of unequal thickness the knot will slip, form a loop
+and part company, as shown in Fig. 1 above. If the ends are not
+parallel to the rope it becomes the False Knot or Granny Knot. Figs.
+2 and 3 show the difference.
+
+A better way to fasten two ropes of unequal size is to tie or seize the
+ends (Fig. 1 below) and when this is done as shown the square knot or
+reef can be made as usual.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3 OPEN-HAND KNOT]
+
+=The Open-Hand Knot= is a good one for joining two ropes of unequal
+diameter. It is very quickly made and has the recommendation of never
+slipping or untying. If, however, a great strain is put on the rope it
+is apt to break at the knot. The illustrations above, one showing the
+open formation (Fig. 2), and the other its back view when drawn taut
+(Fig. 3), explain the process of making.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3 WEAVER’S KNOT]
+
+=The Weaver’s Knot= is very useful in joining small cord or twine and
+is the best for thread. The ends are crossed as in Fig. 1 and both
+cords are held between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand. The
+right end, =A=, is then looped back over the left end and brought
+under the thumb, where it is held fast, while the right-hand end,
+=B=, is slipped through the loop. The knot (Fig. 3) is then formed by
+tightening the right-hand cord. If cord thicker than thread is used,
+the end, =B=, must be held between the thumb and finger of the left
+hand while the knot is being drawn taut, as in Fig. 4 (below).
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4 FIG. 5 FIG. 6 FISHERMAN’S KNOT]
+
+=The Fisherman’s= or =Englishman’s Knot= is of quite another character.
+It is formed by two simple knots (Fig. 7) slipped over each cord as in
+Fig. 5, and when drawn taut its front appearance is seen in Fig. 6. It
+is used by anglers, as it may be separated by taking the ends =A= and
+=B= in Fig. 6 so as to admit a third line.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 7 FIG. 8 FIG. 9 ORDINARY KNOT OR TIE]
+
+=The Ordinary Knot= or =Tie= for uniting large ropes is shown in Fig.
+8. It has all the advantages of the open-hand knot, with the additional
+recommendations that it is easy to make, very strong and does not
+strain the fibres of the rope. First make the simple knot (Fig. 7) and
+then interlace the other cord in the manner shown in Fig. 8. When drawn
+taut it has the appearance of Fig. 9. If the ends are whipped it is
+really a neat and handsome as well as useful knot.
+
+[Illustration: SHORTENING TIE]
+
+=The Shortening Tie= is used when there is too much rope and where it
+is necessary to use a large knot for the purpose of preventing its
+running too far through the eye, ring or loop. It is formed by making
+the figure of 8 knot at the end of a rope, then interlacing it with
+another rope, and when drawn taut it has the appearance of the third
+diagram.
+
+[Illustration: A ROPE YARN KNOT]
+
+=A Rope Yarn Knot= is for joining two yarns together and is clearly
+shown in the diagram.
+
+
+
+
+BENDS AND HITCHES
+
+
+It is rather difficult to say where knots end and bends begin, because
+a tie made in a particular way and under certain circumstances may be
+called a knot, but differently constructed and under other conditions
+it is called a bend or a hitch. The result is the same in each case. A
+single hitch may be merely a loop formed in a rope.
+
+[Illustration: HALF HITCH TIMBER HITCH]
+
+=A Half Hitch= is used generally in conjunction with other hitches.
+Its formation is easily seen from the diagram.
+
+=The Timber Hitch= is used to secure the end of a rope to a spar, also
+for bending a rope round light cases, bales, etc., when provisioning
+ships. It is formed by making a half hitch with rather a long end and
+expanding the end backwards round its own part. It is used also with a
+half hitch for towing spars, as shown in the diagram below.
+
+[Illustration: TIMBER HITCH FOR TOWING SPARS]
+
+=The Crabber’s Eye Knot= is not well known but is one that is not
+likely to part when strained. To make it bring the end back to form a
+loop, taking it first under and then over the standing part, up through
+the main loop, over the standing bight again and up through its own
+bight. Before the turns are hauled into their places, the knot will
+slip on the part =A=, as in an ordinary knot. If the part =B= is hauled
+upon the strand, =A=, which passes through the center knot, rises and
+the coil which goes round it jambs, making the knot secure so that it
+may be used as a running knot or otherwise, as desired.
+
+=A Buntline Hitch= is commenced as in making an outside clinch but
+instead of putting on a seizing, the end is passed over and through the
+bight, as clearly shown in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: CRABBER’S EYE KNOT BUNTLINE HITCH]
+
+=The Clove Hitch= is really a jamming of two half hitches and is
+generally used when a small rope has to be secured to a larger one and
+the end kept free for use for further purposes, as in securing ratlines
+to the shrouds, and used also for securing the end of butt slings. Its
+formation can be followed very easily in the diagrams.
+
+[Illustration: CLOVE HITCH]
+
+=The Roband Hitch= is very useful when a tackle, hook, ring or another
+rope is to be fastened to a beam or spar. This is another simple
+hitch, clearly illustrated in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: ROBAND HITCH SLIPPERY HITCH]
+
+=The Slippery Hitch= is valuable because of the ease with which it can
+be cast off in an emergency. It will hold securely while there is a
+strain on the rope.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1 FIG. 2 ROLLING HITCH]
+
+=The Rolling Hitch= is commenced and finished like a clove hitch, but,
+as can be seen from the figures, there is an intermediate round turn
+between the first and last hitches. It will be seen that the round turn
+in Fig. 2 is taken around both the standing part, =A=, and the larger
+rope =B=. The great value of this hitch is that it does not slip, and
+this can be rendered doubly sure by backing the end, =C=, round the
+part, =D=, and securing the end with a strop. It is used for bending a
+small rope to a larger one, for putting a tail jigger on a rope, and
+for securing hammocks to gantlines.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3 FIG. 4 ROLLING HITCH]
+
+=The Double Blackwall Hitch= is made by taking the bight of the rope
+and placing it across the neck of the strop of the block, crossing
+it behind, then placing the under part over the hook and crossing
+the upper part on top of it. It holds better than the two preceding
+hitches.
+
+=The Marling Hitch= is for lashing up hammocks or putting temporary
+seizing on two ropes or spars. It is also used when making swabs.
+
+=The Midshipman’s Hitch= is used at times instead of a Blackwall Hitch
+and it will hold better if the rope is at all greasy. It is made by
+first forming a Blackwall hitch and then taking the underneath part and
+placing it over the bill of the hook.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE BLACKWALL HITCH MARLING HITCH MIDSHIPMAN’S HITCH]
+
+=The Killick Hitch= is a modification of the timber hitch. After making
+a timber hitch and hauling it taut, a single hitch is made and slipped
+over the end of a stone. This makes a secure anchor on fishing grounds
+on rocky coasts where an anchor will not hold.
+
+=The Magnus Hitch= is a method of securing a rope to a spar. Take the
+end of the rope twice round a spar in front of the standing part, round
+the spar again and then pass it through the last bight.
+
+[Illustration: KILLICK HITCH MAGNUS HITCH]
+
+=The Round Turn with Two Half Hitches= is used to secure a hawser to
+the ring of a buoy and the rope in this case should be parcelled as
+shown in the diagram.
+
+=The Marlinespike Hitch= is used for heaving the turns of a seizing
+taut with a marlinespike or hooking the hook of tackle to any rope
+where a small pull is required. It is formed by the standing part being
+picked through a loop laid over it, so that the spike lays under the
+standing part and over the sides of the loop. Its advantage is that it
+never jams.
+
+[Illustration: ROUND TURN WITH TWO HALF HITCHES
+
+MARLINESPIKE HITCH
+
+BLACKWALL HITCH]
+
+=The Blackwall Hitch= is used for hooking a tackle to a rope and
+bringing the fall of one jigger to the double block of another. It
+consists of a half hitch, and as soon as any strain comes on it the
+standing part, =A=, jambs the end part, =C=. By taking another round
+turn at =B=, before passing =C= under =A=, it will hold more securely.
+
+[Illustration: STUN’SAIL HALYARD BEND]
+
+=A Stun’sail Halyard Bend= is simply a Fisherman’s bend with the end
+backed again over the last round and under the first.
+
+[Illustration: TOPSAIL HALYARD BEND]
+
+=The Topsail Halyard Bend= is made by bringing the rope twice round the
+spar, back over the standing part, under all turns, over two turns and
+under the last. Then jamb all the coils close and haul taut.
+
+[Illustration: SHEET BEND]
+
+=The Sheet Bend=, as its name implies, is the method of attaching the
+sheet to the clew of the sail. It is also used for securing boats’ lazy
+painters to the Jacob’s ladders of the lower booms. In making a bend
+the ends of the two ropes are not used simultaneously as in forming
+reef knots, but an eye or loop is first formed in the end of one of the
+ropes as seen in the first diagram and the other rope’s end is then
+rove through it in the various ways required. To form a Sheet Bend pass
+the second rope’s end underneath the eye at point =A= and bring up
+through the loop, then form with it a half hitch round =C= and =B=. It
+will hold still better and is less likely to jamb, if the end is passed
+round again as in the third diagram. This is called a Double Sheet Bend.
+
+[Illustration: FISHERMAN’S BEND]
+
+=The Fisherman’s Bend= is formed by taking two round turns around the
+object to which the rope is to be secured and then backing the end
+round in the form of a half hitch under both the standing part and the
+second round turn. The end may be further secured by taking a half
+hitch around its own part or by stopping it to it. The dotted line in
+the first diagram shows the direction the end =C= must take. This bend
+is used for bending a hawser to the ring of an anchor or a rope’s end
+to a bucket.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE HAWSER BEND]
+
+=The Hawser Bend= is so easy as to be constantly used when only a
+temporary purpose has to be served.
+
+[Illustration: BOWLINE BEND (UPPER) HALF HITCH AND SEIZING BEND]
+
+=The Bowline Bend= is the strongest of all knotted hawsers. It is
+formed of two Bowline knots, one crossing the loop of the other as
+shown in the diagram.
+
+=The Half Hitch and Seizing Bend= is used on hawsers which are to be
+joined for a long period. Its formation is shown in the illustration
+clearly.
+
+[Illustration: CARRICK BEND]
+
+=The Carrick Bend= is for bending two hawsers together when required
+to go around a capstan. First form with hawser No. 1 a loop as in the
+upper diagram. Pass the second hawser under the first at =A=, bring up
+through the eye =B=, back it over the cross at =C= and bring up again
+towards you through the eye =B=, and then stop the ends of each hawser
+to their own respective parts as shown in the lower diagram.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE CARRICK BEND]
+
+=A Double Carrick Bend= is formed in precisely the same way, but a
+complete round turn is taken around the cross of the first hawser and
+then led up again through the eye and finished off.
+
+[Illustration: CHAIN HITCH]
+
+=The Chain Hitch= is used to attach a small rope to aid in pulling
+a larger. When it is necessary to use a lever as a handspike the
+fastening in the lower diagram is used. First a clove hitch is formed
+to the spar and as many single hitches as required are then made. It
+may be finished off with any secure knot.
+
+
+
+
+KNOTS FORMED ON ROPES BY THEIR OWN STRANDS
+
+
+If ropes, hawsers or cables are left with their ends unguarded, they
+are sure to become untwisted or otherwise unmanageable. The same is
+true in a lesser degree of lanyards and smaller ropes. These can easily
+be secured with a fine whipping and the smaller yarns and threads by a
+single overhand or other knot. The ends of ropes at sea are variously
+treated. In some instances they are finely tapered to a point, to pass
+easily through a block or ring. While some of these knots for guarding
+the rope ends may seem fanciful they are by no means merely ornamental
+and many of them play important parts in the standing rigging of a ship.
+
+At first glance some of these knots may appear to be very intricate and
+difficult to make. They are not as difficult as their pictures would
+seem to indicate and a little thoughtful study, carefully following the
+explanatory diagrams, will smooth away all troubles.
+
+=To Whip a Rope= first lay the end of a length of twine along the
+end of the rope, and then, commencing at the part furthest from the
+rope’s end take a half dozen or more turns around both the rope and
+the twine, as shown in the first diagram. Then lay the twine in the
+form of a loop along the rope and over the turns already taken as seen
+in the second diagram. To finish off take that portion of the loop
+designated =A=, and continue taking turns tightly round the rope and
+part =B= of the twine until the loop is all used up. Pull through the
+remainder snugly by part =C= and cut off short when no end of twine
+will be visible as in the third diagram.
+
+[Illustration: WHIPPING A ROPE]
+
+=A Palm and Needle Whipping= is a permanent way of securing a rope’s
+end from fraying and better than the whipping put on by hand. First
+place the needle under one of the strands and draw nearly the whole
+length of twine through. Take a number of turns round the rope with
+the twine, drawing each well taut in turn, and finish up by following
+round with the needle between each strand, forming a series of
+wrappings, and cut off the end of the twine.
+
+[Illustration: PALM AND NEEDLE WHIPPING]
+
+=To point a rope= first put on a stop at two and one-half times the
+circumference of the rope from the end, which will leave about the
+length for pointing. Unlay the rope to the stop, then unlay the
+strands, split a number of the outside yarns and make a nettle out of
+each yarn. A nettle is made by laying up the yarns with the finger and
+thumb left-handed. When the nettles are made up stop them back on the
+standing part of the rope. Then with the rest of the yarns, form the
+point by scraping them down to a proper size with a knife and marl them
+down together with twine. Divide the nettles, taking every other one up
+and every other one down. Pass three turns with a piece of twine which
+is called the warp very taut round the part where the nettles separate
+taking a hitch with the last turn. Repeat this process by placing
+every alternate nettle up or down, passing the warp or filling, taking
+a hitch each time until the point is to its required length. You may
+either form a bight with the last lay by passing the warp through the
+bights, haul them taut, and cut them off, or, work a becket in the end
+by taking a small piece of rope one-fourth the size of the rope, form a
+bight, unlay the ends, and twist the six strands up again by two taking
+some of the inside yarns and lay them up as the rope, then short splice
+that and the becket together and marl it down.
+
+[Illustration: POINTING A ROPE]
+
+=The Wall Knot= is used for finishing off seizings forming a shroud
+knot. It is also used on the end of a rope to prevent it unreeving. To
+form a wall knot first unlay the rope so that the strands appear as in
+the first diagram below.
+
+[Illustration: WALL KNOT]
+
+Holding the rope with the left hand, with the right lead strand =A= in
+the direction indicated, viz., under strand =B= and up between strands
+=B= and =C= as in the second diagram.
+
+[Illustration: WALL KNOT IN MAKING AND FINISHED]
+
+Then with strand =B= form a similar loop, enclosing strands =A= and =C=
+and bringing the end of strand =B= up between =A= and =D= as in the
+first diagram above.
+
+Now with strand =C= form a similar loop enclosing strands =B= and =A=
+by leading the end of strand =C= up through the loop =E= in strand =A=
+as in the second diagram. Finally work all parts well taut, whip the
+ends of the strands together and cut off short, at the bottom diagram.
+
+[Illustration: CROWNING]
+
+=A Double Wall Knot= is formed by making the single wall knot first
+and not hauling it taut. Then take one end and bring it underneath the
+part of the first walling next to it and push it up through the same
+bight. Do the same with the other strands, pushing them up and through
+two bights. If made this way it will have a double and a single crown.
+A double wall double crowned is a continuation of the double wall. The
+strands are laid by the side of those of the single crown and pushed
+through the same bight in the single crown and down through the double
+walling as shown in the illustration. The middle figure shows one
+method of finishing a single wall by cutting off the strands and tying
+them with twine. The double crowned wall knot may be finished by a
+Lark’s Nest by interlacing the loose strands one within another by a
+requisite number of turns over the pudding. This forms a knot at the
+end of the rope.
+
+[Illustration: CROWN KNOT MANROPE KNOT STOPPER KNOT]
+
+=The Crown Knot= or crowning forms the basis of other knots. To make a
+crown pass the bights of the first and second strands over the second
+and third strands respectively, dip the end of the third down through
+the bight of the first and work the knot into shape. Its construction
+can be followed very easily in the diagram. Double crowning is done by
+following round each strand again alongside the first lead.
+
+=The Manrope Knot= is used for securing the upper ends of the gangway
+manropes. It is made by first forming a wall and then crowning it as in
+the first diagram. Then follow round the wall again and lastly follow
+round the crown, when the finished knot will appear as in the second
+diagram.
+
+=The Stopper Knot= is used in the ends of stoppers and is made by
+forming a wall and half a wall, putting on a good whipping about two or
+three inches from the knot and cut off the ends.
+
+[Illustration: TURK’S HEAD KNOT]
+
+=The Turk’s Head Knot= is worked upon a rope with a piece of small
+line. Take a clove hitch slack with the rope with the line round the
+rope. Then take one of the bights formed by the clove hitch and put it
+over the other, pass the end under, and up, through the bight which is
+underneath. Then cross the bights again and put the end round again,
+under, and up, through the bight which is underneath. After this follow
+the lead and it will make a turban of three parts to each cross.
+
+[Illustration: SINGLE MATTHEW WALKER KNOT]
+
+=Single Matthew Walker Knot= is used for securing the standing part of
+a rope or making beckets for buckets, etc. To make this knot begin as
+for the wall knot but pass the first strand =A= under both =B= and =C=
+as shown in the first diagram. Then pass =B= under both strands =C= and
+=A=, and bring up through the first loop formed by =A=, shown in the
+second diagram.
+
+[Illustration: THIRD PROCESS OF MATTHEW WALKER KNOT]
+
+Similarly pass =C= under =A= and =B= and bring up through the loops
+first formed by =A= and =B= as seen in the third diagram.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE MATTHEW WALKER OPEN AND TAUT]
+
+=The Double Matthew Walker= is easily made when one notices the
+difference between a single Matthew Walker and a wall knot. In the
+wall knot each strand is simply interlaced with the strand immediately
+on its right coming up through the loop formed by the second strand.
+In the single Matthew Walker each strand interlaces the two strands
+to its right coming up through the loop of the third strand. Another
+evolution in the same order gives the double Matthew Walker. It is
+formed as will be seen in the diagram by making each strand contain its
+own loop, the other two strands and its own end, that is, each strand
+leads up through its own bight after interlacing the other two.
+
+[Illustration: SINGLE DIAMOND KNOT MAKING]
+
+=The Single Diamond Knot= is made some distance from the end of a rope.
+It is therefore necessary to unlay the rope considerably more than
+is required in the preceding knots and as the strands will have to
+be laid up again, try to preserve the original lay in the strands as
+much as possible. Now bring each of the three strands down alongside
+the standing part of the rope, thus forming three bights, and hold
+them thus with the left hand. Take the first strand =A= as shown in
+the diagram and putting it over the next, =B=, bring it up through the
+bight of the third strand, =C=.
+
+[Illustration: DIAMOND KNOT]
+
+Take the end of the second strand over the third and up through the
+bight of the first. The last strand is brought over the first and up
+through the bight of the second. Haul taut and lay the rope up again.
+The first diagram above shows the loops in their places with the ends
+through them before they are hauled taut and the second diagram shows
+the completed knot.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE DIAMOND KNOT]
+
+=The Double Diamond Knot= is made first like the single diamond and
+then the ends are made to follow the lead of the single knot through
+two single bights, the ends coming out on top of the knot. The last
+strand passes through two double bights. The ends are then hauled taut
+and laid up as for the manrope knot.
+
+[Illustration: SHROUD KNOT]
+
+=The Shroud Knot= is of use in joining two ropes together, particularly
+in joining a stay or shroud that has been carried away. Each rope is
+unlaid the necessary length and they are then brought close together. A
+wall knot is formed on each rope with the strands of the other as seen
+in the first diagram. The completed knot is seen in the second diagram
+but to make a neat job the ends should be marled and served as in the
+third diagram.
+
+[Illustration: SNAKING AND SEIZING]
+
+=Snaking= or =Seizing= is done by taking the end under and over the
+outer turns of the seizing alternately, passing over the whole. The
+whole may be whipped also with small twine. The ends of a four-stranded
+rope may be thus secured. The end is first whipped as shown at =A=
+in the diagram. The four strands are then opened out. They are then
+brought down over the end in loops and the strands tied together, as in
+the second diagram, or they may be simply brought down and bound to
+the cable with twine, as shown in the third diagram.
+
+[Illustration: SPRITSAIL SHEET KNOT]
+
+=A Spritsail Sheet Knot= is made by unlaying both ends of a rope and
+bringing the two standing parts together as in the first diagram.
+Grasp both parts of the rope at =A=, with the six strands form a wall
+knot, that is, by passing 1 under 2, 2 under 3, 3 under 4, 4 under 5,
+5 under 6 and 6 under the loop formed by 1. Now lay any opposite two
+of the strands across the top in an opposite direction and crown by
+passing the other four, each in turn, alternately over and under these
+two. Each of the six strands will then come out leading in a downward
+direction alongside the strands forming the first walling. Now follow
+round the walling again, when the strands will come through in an
+upward direction, each alongside a strand of the first crowning. Follow
+through the crowning once more and cut off the short ends, when a
+handsome and useful stopper knot will result as in the second diagram.
+
+
+
+
+SHORTENINGS
+
+
+Shortenings are, as the term implies, knots that take up the surplus
+cord and keep the ends from being in the way. A piece of rope or cord
+is often too long and to cut it would be waste, so a shortening knot is
+used. Sometimes the tie, four, five or six-fold knots are used for this
+purpose.
+
+[Illustration: SINGLE PLAIT OR CHAIN KNOT]
+
+=The Single Plait=, or as the sailor terms it, the Chain Knot, is the
+commonest of all these knots. First make a running loop and then draw
+the loose end through the loop and repeat this operation until all
+excess of cord has been taken up. The end may be secured by bringing
+the end of the rope through the loop or by passing a belaying pin
+through the loop. These two methods are illustrated in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: TWIST KNOT]
+
+=The Twist Knot= is an ordinary three plait, although it is formed with
+one piece of rope. It is more useful than when formed of three separate
+pieces, for the ends are fastened and it cannot come undone. To make
+this twist hold the double loop in the left hand; the side =A= is then
+brought over to =B=, with a half turn =B= is crossed over to =A= and
+the process of an ordinary three plait is continued until the end of
+the rope is reached, when the loose end is passed through the bight and
+the knot is fastened and completed.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE CHAIN KNOT]
+
+=The Double Chain Knot= is very easily made, if the first loop is made
+secure by a twist in the rope as shown in the diagram, and then pass
+the loose end through the preceding loop right and left until the knot
+is finished.
+
+[Illustration: SHEEP SHANK OR DOG SHANK]
+
+=The Sheep Shank=, or =Dog Shank= as it is sometimes called, is an
+old-fashioned method of shortening a rope and can be used on any sized
+cordage. It is used for shortening a rope which requires lengthening
+again. Gather up the amount to be shortened in the form of the upper
+illustration. Then with parts =A= and =B= form a half hitch round the
+two parts of the bight as in the second figure.
+
+To render it still more dependable the bights =A= and =B= may be seized
+or toggled to the standing parts as in the third and fourth figures.
+
+[Illustration: BEND SHORTENING]
+
+=Bend Shortening= or =Simple Loop= is a plain, useful expedient
+for stout rope and has the merit of not injuring the ropes by an
+unnecessary strain, or crossing the fibres of the hemp. It will not,
+however, stand any great strain.
+
+[Illustration: BOW SHORTENING]
+
+=The Bow= or =Knot Shortening= is very quickly made. It is simply
+an ordinary knot in the middle of a rope in which a double bend has
+previously been made. It is not adapted to heavy ropes nor will it
+stand a heavy strain.
+
+[Illustration: CATSPAW]
+
+=The Catspaw= is one of the easiest made loops to be used for hooking
+on the block of a tackle or shortening up a bale sling stop. First
+throw back a bight as shown in the first diagram. Then taking hold of
+=A= and =B=, one in each hand, twist them up as in the second diagram.
+Bring the two eyes =A= and =B= together and hook in the tackle.
+
+
+
+
+TIES
+
+
+When the many varieties of knots and ties are analyzed it will be found
+that ties used in trades are all taken first from the mariner. The
+sailor learned to fasten ropes so that they were able to take up all
+strains evenly and to hold without chafing or without any undue strain
+being put on any one part of the rope. Consequently when builders
+erect scaffolding they use the ties and knots long known at sea. The
+Clove Hitch is also known as the Builder’s Knot because it is used to
+hold the scaffolding. The Clove Hitch is used by surgeons in cases of
+dislocation. The Reef Knot is also used by surgeons to tie arteries
+when performing operations. So it is with many other knots and because
+of their uses for other than nautical work they have often received
+other names.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE KNOT]
+
+=The Simple Knot= is the foundation for many ties. In the illustration
+this knot is seen made around a mast or other solid substance. This
+simple knot can at once become a clove hitch or the builder’s knot
+which is illustrated on page 39.
+
+[Illustration:
+
+DOUBLE BUILDER’S KNOT SINGLE BOW KNOT
+
+DOUBLE BOW KNOT SINGLE TWIST KNOT]
+
+=The Double Builder’s Knot= is shown in the diagram above, upper left.
+It is made in the same way as the clove hitch or builder’s knot except
+that the end goes around again as before and underneath its own part
+so making it much stronger.
+
+=The Single Bow Knot= is one of the most common of the knots in general
+use. It is commenced with the simple knot and made by doubling one of
+the loose ends as shown in the diagram.
+
+=The Double Bow Knot= or rosette knot is begun in the same way. Care
+must be taken to keep the simple knot taut until the bow knot is
+completed. The ends must lie straight as in the reef knot or it will
+become the false knot.
+
+=The Double Twist Knot= is useful when small cords are used and
+tightness is required. The diagram below, upper left, shows how it is made.
+
+=The Tent Pole Knot=, below, lower left, is one that can be
+used to advantage by all who have to occupy tents or to travel much.
+It is a simple loop made by joining the two ends of a rope with a
+fisherman’s knot. This admits a short cross-bar or wooden pin and it
+will enable the traveler to suspend clothes or other articles around a
+tent pole. The cord may also be used for a toggle when two pieces of
+wood have to be joined together.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE TWIST KNOT TENT POLE KNOT
+
+RUNNING KNOT RUNNING KNOT CHECKED]
+
+=A Running Knot= with two ends is used when it is inconvenient to
+divide the rope. Unless the ends are at liberty it could not be used
+round a mast, but it can be easily slipped round a pier.
+
+This knot is frequently checked by a bow as shown in the diagram above,
+lower right.
+
+It is sometimes checked by a Flemish Knot or by a Check Knot. These two
+knots cannot be tied unless the ends are loose. They cannot be untied
+without assistance from a marlinespike or some similar contrivance.
+
+[Illustration: RUNNING KNOT CHECKED BY A FLEMISH KNOT (LEFT) AND BY A
+CHECK KNOT (RIGHT)]
+
+=The Stationer’s Knot= is handy for tying a parcel as it can be made
+rapidly and undone with ease. Make a running noose at the end of a
+piece of twine and bring it to the center of the parcel. Take the twine
+round the parcel at right angles, round the noose and making a bight
+slip it under as illustrated. A pull at the end releases the knot
+instantly.
+
+[Illustration: STATIONER’S KNOT]
+
+
+
+
+PURCHASES AND SLINGS
+
+
+=Single Whip=--rope rove through a single block fixed in any position.
+It is used for light work. No power is gained.
+
+=Double Whip=--rope rove through two single blocks--upper block a tail
+block, lower one movable hook block. The standing part of the fall is
+secured close to the tail block. The power gained is double.
+
+[Illustration: SINGLE WHIP DOUBLE WHIP RUNNER GUN TACKLE]
+
+=Runner=--a piece of rope rove through a single block with a standing
+eye in one end and pointed at the other. The power gained is double.
+
+=Gun Tackle=--two single blocks. Power gained--twice or three times
+according to which is the movable block.
+
+[Illustration:
+
+HANDY BILLY OR JIGGER
+
+WATCH OR LUFF TACKLE
+
+DOUBLE LUFF
+
+THREE-FOLD PURCHASE]
+
+=Jigger=--a small tackle for general use; a double block with a tail
+called a jigger and a single block with a hook. The standing part
+of the fall is spliced into the strop of the single block. Power
+gained--three or four times.
+
+=Handy Billy= is a small tackle for general use.
+
+=Up and Down Tackle=--a double and single block. The double block is
+fitted with a thimble, the single block is a hook block, fitted with a
+long strop. The standing part of the fall is spliced in the strop of
+the single block. Power gained--three times.
+
+=Luff Tackle=--two hook blocks, one double and one single. The standing
+part of the fall of this tackle is spliced into a strop of the single
+block. It is sometimes rove through a becket in the single block and
+secured by being spliced round the strop at the neck of it. Power
+gained--three or four times.
+
+=Double Luff Tackle=--two double blocks.
+
+=Three-fold Purchase=--two three-fold blocks. Power gained--six or
+seven times.
+
+[Illustration:
+
+FOUR-FOLD PURCHASE
+
+SINGLE SPANISH BURTON
+
+DOUBLE SPANISH BURTON]
+
+=Four-fold Purchase=--two four-fold blocks. Power gained--eight times.
+
+=Single Spanish Burton=--two blocks and a hook. Power gained--three
+times. It is not in general use.
+
+=Burton=--a double hook block and a single hook block, fitted with a
+long strop, the standing part being spliced round the strop and hook
+of the single block. Power gained--three times.
+
+=Runner and Tackle=--consists of three blocks, one double and two
+single. One of the single blocks is fitted with a thimble, as a lashing
+or shackling block, through which the runner is rove. The double block
+of the tackle is turned in one end of the runner. The standing part of
+the tackle is spliced in the seat of the single block which is fitted
+with a long strop and hook. Power gained--eight times.
+
+=Double Spanish Burton=--There are two forms of this purchase. One by
+using three single blocks and the other by using one double and two
+single blocks. Power gained--five times.
+
+[Illustration: SPANISH WINDLASS]
+
+=A Spanish Windlass=--To rig a Spanish windlass take a good strand well
+greased in the center. Place the strand over the two parts of the rope
+that are to be hove together and bringing the ends of the strand up
+again, place a bolt close to the strand. Take the ends of the strand
+and lay them up with their own parts so as to form two eyes. Take a
+round turn with this round the bolt, put a marlinespike in each eye and
+heave around.
+
+=A Parbuckle= is used for hauling up or lowering down a cask, or any
+cylindrical object where there is no crane or tackle. Middle the rope
+to be used for the parbuckle, place the bight over a post or pin as
+most convenient; the two ends are then passed under the two quarters of
+the cask, bring the ends back again over it and they both being hauled
+taut or slackened together either raise or lower the cask as may be
+required. Care must be taken to keep an equal strain on both parts to
+prevent the cask slipping out.
+
+There are several methods of slinging a cask, viz., with butt slings,
+bale slings and head up, also by means of can hooks.
+
+[Illustration: PARBUCKLE BUTT SLINGS BALE SLINGS CAN HOOKS]
+
+=A Butt Sling= is a single piece of rope fitted with an eye splice in
+one end and the other end pointed or whipped. To sling the cask, the
+cask is placed on its bilge bung up; reeve the end of the sling through
+the eye splice and place the loop thus formed over one end of the
+cask between the first and second hoops and haul well taut, the eye
+splice being in line with the bungs; then take the end of the sling
+round the other end of the cask between the first and second hoops and
+clove-hitch it to its own part in line with the bung.
+
+=A Bale Sling= is a single piece of rope short spliced together. To
+sling a cask, the cask is placed on its bilge bung up, the slings
+passed underneath both ends of the cask between the first and second
+hoops; the bights are then taken over the cask, and one bight passed
+through the other, taking care the cross is in line with the bung.
+
+=Can Hooks= are used for breaking off a cask, that is for lifting out
+the first cask of a tier where there is not room to put on a butt or
+bale sling. Casks are never hoisted up with can hooks.
+
+=To pass a life line= dip the end under the slings and over the davit
+and take two or three turns round all parts and hold on to the end.
+
+To pass a life line for a “full due” proceed as above but substitute
+half hitches for round turns and tuck the end in.
+
+=To sling a cask= head up the cask is placed on its end, pass a rope
+under the bottom fairly in the center, then form an overhand knot with
+both ends of the rope on the top of the cask, open the knot out and
+place bights over the head between the first and second loops, haul
+them well taut, then reef-knot both ends together on top.
+
+[Illustration: SLING A CASK ON END]
+
+=A Stropper= is used for securing a rope while it is being belayed.
+Take the stropper in the left hand, make a half hitch against the lay,
+dog the end with the lay of the rope and seize it. With left-handed
+rope the end of the stropper should be passed under the rope from left
+to right. To put a strop on a hemp rope, center the bight of the strop
+and place it over the rope, then dog the ends opposite ways under and
+over, and hook on the tackle to both bights.
+
+=To put a strop on a Spar= use the ordinary bale sling strop.
+
+[Illustration:
+
+TO PAN A STROPPER
+
+TO PUT A STROP ON A SPAR
+
+TAIL JIGGER]
+
+=A Tail Jigger= is similar to a stropper but with an additional turn.
+To put on a tail jigger take the first two parts of a rolling hitch,
+dog the end with the lay and seize it.
+
+
+
+
+FASTENINGS, MOORINGS AND RING KNOTS
+
+
+A landsman is always fascinated by the ease with which the sailor will
+handle big ropes and the way in which he will warp a vessel in or out
+of a dock or moor it to a pier by the simple twisting of the cable
+round a post or cleat which are on the vessels themselves or on the
+pier-head.
+
+=The Simple Stoppered Loop= is familiar to all and when the end of the
+rope can be constantly used no other fastening is required.
+
+[Illustration: LARK’S HEAD SIMPLE STOPPERED LOOP]
+
+=A Lark’s Head= can easily be made over a post when there is a running
+noose or knot. This is clearly shown in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: WATERMAN’S KNOT TWISTED ROPE FASTENING]
+
+=The Waterman’s Knot= is used when the end of the rope is not stoppered
+or when the middle of the rope must be used. This is similar to the
+clove hitch. It can very quickly be made by placing two loops on the
+rope as shown in the diagram.
+
+The holding power of a twisted rope is illustrated clearly in the
+diagram to the right of the Waterman’s Knot.
+
+[Illustration: TWO LOOPS OF A WATERMAN’S KNOT]
+
+=The Chain Fastening= is of a more permanent character, and is used
+when a vessel is to be moored for any length of time.
+
+[Illustration: CHAIN FASTENING]
+
+Square moorings or sheaves are occasionally used for the mooring of
+vessels. In these instances the fastenings vary. The diagram shows a
+double fastening to sheaves.
+
+[Illustration: DOUBLE CHAIN FASTENING TO SHEAVES]
+
+=A loop fastening to sheaves= may be tied or untied without untying
+the loop itself. It is made by passing the loops, =A=, =B=, =C=, =D=,
+and =E= as shown and then placing the loop =F= over the head of the
+right-hand post of the sheaves. When slackened the loop of the cable
+=F= will again slip over the head of the post and the turns and then
+reversed. There is a more simple fastening by wrapping the cable round
+the angle of the sheaves.
+
+[Illustration: LOOP FASTENING TO SHEAVES]
+
+=The crossed and square fastenings= as shown in the diagrams need no
+explanation. The ends are secured by being stoppered to the cable.
+
+[Illustration: CROSSED AND SQUARE FASTENING]
+
+[Illustration: SQUARE FASTENING]
+
+To secure a rope round a cleat first take a round turn, then a figure
+of 8 knot is made round the cleat pin and repeated twice. On no account
+should a half hitch be made over the pin or cleat afterwards. The main
+object is to insure that the rope will not jamb.
+
+[Illustration: TO SECURE A ROPE ROUND A BELAYING PIN OR ROUND A CLEAT]
+
+A study of the many knots used for fastenings or moorings show that
+they are only practical applications of many of the knots, bends or
+hitches that have already been illustrated in preceding chapters of
+this book.
+
+[Illustration: FIGs. 1 to 6]
+
+=The Sailor’s Knot= is a very simple mooring knot for the painter of
+a small boat. It is shown on Figs. 1 and 2. This knot shows one line
+straight while the end is twisted round in two hitches.
+
+=The Slippery Ring Knot= is shown in Fig. 3. It can be cast off at any
+moment. Fig. 4 shows the same knot but it is made permanent by being
+stoppered as seen in Fig. 4. The slippery ring knot has one turn in the
+ring.
+
+=The Simple Boat Knot=, Fig. 5, has an advantage for rapidity of
+unmooring. It is made with only one turn in the ring. The loose end is
+left longer than in the diagram but as it sometimes catches in the ring
+it is not very popular with sailors.
+
+=The Lark Boat Knot=, Fig. 6, is really a double boat knot. It differs
+from the boat knot in that a bight instead of a single end of rope is
+put through the ring and a thole used to fasten it.
+
+[Illustration: FIGS. 7 to 12]
+
+=The Boat Knot=, Fig. 7, is made in the same way as the marlinespike
+hitch, the only difference being that a thole pin or other small
+piece of wood is put through the center of the knot instead of a
+marlinespike. By withdrawing the pin the knot comes adrift of its own
+accord.
+
+=Simple and Crossed Running Knots= are shown in Figs. 8 and 9. The
+simple fastening, Fig. 8, is not so secure, but chafes less than the
+crossed running knot, Fig. 9.
+
+=The Capstan Knot=, Fig. 10, is an application of the figure of 8 knot.
+To make this cross the end of the rope after it is through the ring,
+bring it round the standing part, through the first bight and through
+its own bight.
+
+=The Lark’s Head Knot=, Fig. 11, is somewhat like the lark boat knot
+but instead of the ends being brought down outside the bight after
+being passed through the ring, they are put through it. This is seen in
+the ring part of Fig. 11. The whole illustration shows a Lark’s Head
+stoppered.
+
+=The Lark’s Head Stoppered= may be made by passing a bight through the
+ring and drawing the two parts of the rope through the bight. Where
+this is not practical by reason of one end of the rope being fast, the
+end may be passed up through the ring behind the standing part and
+drawn down through the right and bight again. Sometimes instead of
+being stoppered with an overhand knot as seen in Fig. 11 the end is
+seized to the standing part with twine, as shown in Fig. 12.
+
+[Illustration: FIGs. 13 to 18]
+
+=The Lark’s Head with Crossed Ends= in Fig. 13 is made in the same way
+as the Lark’s head except that the end comes over instead of through
+the bight. If the standing part is taken in one hand and the end in the
+other and drawn apart this knot is the clove hitch or builder’s knot.
+
+=The Double Lark’s Head=, Fig. 14, is easily followed in the diagram. A
+bight is first made and the ends passed through it, the ends are then
+put through the ring and through the loop already made and hauled taut.
+
+=The Treble Lark’s Head=, Fig. 15, is not as difficult as it appears
+in the diagram. First bring the bight of the rope up through the ring,
+then take one of the ends and pass it through the bight and up through
+the ring. Then put it down through its own bight. Do the same with the
+other part and the knot is formed.
+
+=Back-Handed Sailors’ Knots= are shown in Figs. 16 and 17. This knot
+is made by passing an end through the ring round at the back of the
+standing part and through the ring again, finishing with two half
+hitches round the standing part.
+
+[Illustration: A SLIP KNOT STOPPERED]
+
+=Slip Knots= stoppered as shown in Fig. 18 and above are easily made
+and the diagrams show their formation clearly.
+
+[Illustration: SLIP KNOT AND SLIP CLINCH]
+
+=Slip Knot secured by a slip clinch= is another simple knot and easily
+followed in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: GUNNER’S OR DELAY KNOT]
+
+=The Gunner’s Knot= is simply a carrick bend made with the two ends of
+a rope after it has been passed through two rings. This is sometimes
+called a delay knot.
+
+[Illustration: LEAD LINE AND LEAD]
+
+=Securing Lead Line to Lead.=--The lead is fitted with a good wire
+grommet parcelled over. The lead line should have a long eye spliced in
+it and is secured by passing the eye through the grommet and over the
+lead.
+
+=Hawsers= are bent together by two half hitches and seizing the ends in
+addition to methods already explained.
+
+[Illustration: BEND HAWSERS MOUSING A HOOK]
+
+=Mousing a hook= is to prevent a chain or rope from slipping off or to
+prevent it becoming unhooked. A few turns of a rope yarn are passed
+round the ends of the hook and the standing part, the ends are brought
+round the middle a few times and fastened with a reef knot.
+
+
+
+
+LASHINGS, SEIZINGS, ETC.
+
+
+A practical knowledge of the proper way to lash a rope is necessary
+to anyone who has anything to do with a vessel no matter what its
+character. Occasions constantly occur on sea and on land, in fair
+weather and foul, to unite ropes on the bight or that are fitted with
+eyes or with other loops.
+
+[Illustration: RUNNING KNOT IN THE EYE OF A ROPE]
+
+=A Running knot fastened in the eye of a rope= is the simplest of these
+knots. The diagram shows how this is made.
+
+[Illustration: DEAD-EYE LASHING]
+
+=The Dead-Eye Lashing= is one of frequent use on board full-rigged
+ships. It admits of easy adjustment to the strain of the ropes. The ram
+blocks are fastened in the eyes, which are made by simple lashings and
+tightened by the lanyards, =A=, =A=, which pass through holes on the
+dead-eye, so as to tighten or slacken the rope at will. The ends of the
+lanyard are fastened to the main rope.
+
+[Illustration: BELAYING-PIN SPLICE]
+
+=The Belaying-Pin Splice= as shown in the diagram really illustrates
+three methods of joining cordage. The belaying pin is marked =A=. It is
+stoppered on the end of the rope and served with yarn, passed through
+the eye of the rope and at the other end a loop is formed. Through this
+loop or bend a button secured to the rope, =B=, by a single knot is
+passed, and the double junction is complete.
+
+=The Wedding Knot= or =Rose Lashing= is one to join two rope ends both
+having eyes. The lashing is passed successively through both eyes and
+then tied in the center.
+
+[Illustration: WEDDING KNOT (UPPER) SHELL LASHING]
+
+=The Shell Lashing= is made by looping two ends of rope around a
+spherical shell and seizing the end to the standing parts.
+
+[Illustration: A CROSS LASHING]
+
+=A Cross Lashing= is used when a lever is used to a rope. After several
+turns round the rope, the lashing is crossed round the lever and
+fastened with a reef knot.
+
+[Illustration: PORTUGUESE KNOT OR NECKLACE TIE]
+
+=The Portuguese Knot= or =Necklace Tie= is made by taking several
+turns round the spars to be joined, then two turns round the lashings
+and secured with a reef knot.
+
+[Illustration: NIPPERING OR PACKING]
+
+=Nippering= or =Packing= is a method for securing two ropes together
+with cross turns. These are hauled taut and further secured by round
+turns over all after the ropes have been jammed together. The ends are
+fastened with a reef knot.
+
+[Illustration: WEST COUNTRY WHIPPING]
+
+=A West Country Whipping= is formed by middling the twine around the
+part of the rope to be marked and half-knotting it at every half turn
+so that each knot will be on opposite sides. When a sufficient number
+of turns are passed finish it off with a reef knot.
+
+[Illustration: FINISHING A WHIPPING]
+
+To finish off a whipping without showing a knot lay one end forward
+as at =A= in the diagram, then pass the other end round and round a
+sufficient number of times, hauling taut each time. Three or four loose
+turns are then made and the end passed under these backwards. These
+ends are worked down into their places and when they are hauled taut
+are cut off.
+
+[Illustration: FINISHING A WHIPPING]
+
+Another method is, instead of having a single end, a bight of the
+seizing is laid along the part to be whipped and the turns passed over
+it. When these are completed the end is passed through the bight at
+=A=. The end =B= is then hauled upon to bring the bight and the end of
+the rope snug under the coils. There are now two loops interlacing at
+the center of the work and these cannot come undone. When the ends are
+cut off close to the turns the whole is fair and smooth.
+
+[Illustration: A USEFUL BAND]
+
+A useful band is shown in the diagram above. The second end =B= is
+drawn through by a turn--a very useful method of securing a ligature or
+a fractured fishing rod.
+
+[Illustration: PACKING KNOT]
+
+=The Packing Knot= is used for binding timbers together. The first
+diagram shows it started at =A= and =B= shows it completed. It is
+tightened by means of a packing-stick, =C=, which is twisted under the
+knot and then twisted round and secured as shown. A quicker plan is two
+toggles shown in the second diagram. After twisting the sticks round
+tie the two ends of the sticks together.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE PACKING KNOT]
+
+=A Toggle= is a piece of wood turned to shape and having a groove in
+the center round which the end of a rope is spliced. An eye is made
+in another rope by any method and the toggle is slipped into it. To
+unfasten it the ropes are slackened. Another form of toggle is a round
+piece of wood shaped like a button. It has a hole in the center
+through which a rope is passed and the end knotted.
+
+[Illustration: TOGGLES]
+
+=The Jury=, or =Double Pitcher Knot= as it is sometimes called, is
+useful when a jury mast has to be rigged, as the loops form a means of
+attaching the necessary supports to the mast. The center =K= in the
+second diagram is slipped over the masthead and the weight brought on
+the stays tightens it and holds it in its position on the mast.
+
+[Illustration: JURY KNOT, FIRST STAGE]
+
+It is formed by three ordinary half hitches each placed behind the
+other with the loop of the last laid over the first. Keep the hitches
+together with the right hand and with the left take =A= and dip it
+under =B= and pull =C= through =A= and =B=.
+
+Then, holding the knot with the left hand, place =F= over =E= and pull
+=D= between =E= and =F=. Take =G= in the teeth and pull on the parts
+=G=, =F= and =A=. The ends =H= and =Z= may be either knotted or spliced.
+
+[Illustration: JURY KNOT, COMPLETED]
+
+=Racking Seizing= is used where the strain is on only one part of the
+rope. An eye splice is formed in one end of racking and the first turn
+is passed round both parts of the rope like a round seizing; it is
+then dipped between both parts and the remaining turns are passed as
+racking turns, over and under, leaving sufficient space between each
+racking turn for a roundabout turn to lie, the usual number taken
+being thirteen. After these are passed the end is dipped down inside
+the last turn and the roundabout turns are passed from the end towards
+the eye between the racking turns. When the last roundabout turn is
+passed, the end is passed up between both parts of the shroud, ready
+for passing the cross turns, which are passed by taking the end along
+the seizing and passing it down between the seventh and sixth turns
+along the seizing, again towards the eye, up between the two parts of
+the shroud, as before, and again drawn between the seventh and sixth
+turns so as to form a clove hitch. Then finish off with a crown and
+wall as in other seizings.
+
+To make the racking neater after passing the last roundabout turn, the
+end is taken outside all parts of the racking instead of between the
+six and seven turns, and clove formed at the same time.
+
+[Illustration: RACKING SEIZING]
+
+
+
+
+SPLICING AND ROPE WORK
+
+
+It is sometimes necessary to unite hawsers, cables and even ropes in
+such a manner that there is no obvious difference in their diameter and
+no substantial weakening of their strength. This can be done only by
+splicing, that is, putting the ends together by opening the strands and
+placing them into one another, or if equal diameter is not essential
+by putting strands of the end of a rope between those of a bight. When
+ropes are knotted they cannot be run through a block. In driving ropes,
+too, knotting is out of the question. It is calculated that a splice
+will weaken the strength of a rope about one-eighth.
+
+[Illustration: SHORT SPLICE]
+
+=A short splice= is used for joining any rope not needed to travel
+through a block.
+
+To make a short splice unlay the rope to the required length which
+is twice the circumference of the rope for the long ends and one and
+a half times the circumference for the short ends. When this is done
+whip all the ends with yarn. The ends are then placed together as shown
+in the first diagram, the strands of one rope alternately between the
+strands of the other. The two ropes are then jammed closely together.
+The end of one rope with the strands of the other rope are now held
+firmly in the left hand. Sometimes it is better to put a lashing round
+the strands to keep them down to the rope on which they lie. The long
+ends are tucked in twice and the short ends once. Pass the left hand
+over the first strand next to it and underneath the second strand. Haul
+it taut in the lay of the rope. Then enter the right-hand strand and
+lastly the middle strand in a similar manner to the first or left-hand
+strand. Haul them taut along the lay of the rope. Put the long ends in
+again as before, cut the stop off the fork and put the short ends in
+once in a similar way. Stretch the splice, whip the ends and cut them
+off. If it is intended to serve over the splice, put the strands in
+once and a half each way, take a few of the underneath yarns from each
+strand to fill up the lay of the rope for worming, scrape the ends and
+marl them down ready for serving.
+
+[Illustration: LONG SPLICE]
+
+=The Long Splice= has many advantages over the short one. To make it
+unlay the ends of two ropes to the length of five and a half times
+the circumference of the rope. Crutch them together as for the short
+splice. Unlay one strand and fill up the vacant space which it leaves
+with the opposite strand next to it. Then turn the rope round and lay
+hold of the two next strands that will come opposite their respective
+lays. Unlay one filling up the vacant space, as before, with the other.
+Take one-third out of each strand, knot the opposite strands together
+and heave them well in place. Stick all six ends once under one strand.
+Having stretched the splice well cut off the ends.
+
+[Illustration: EYE SPLICE]
+
+=An Eye Splice= is used by seafarers to splice round a block, dead-eye
+or thimble and is formed by unlaying the end of a rope for a short
+distance and then laying three strands upon the standing part so as to
+form an eye. Put one end in the strand next to it in the same manner
+as for the short splice. Then put the next end over that strand and
+through the second and put the remaining end through the third strand
+on the other side of the rope. Taper them, divide the strands and put
+them in again. To finish off split the strands and take half of each,
+seizing them together, and cut the ends off. When serving is used the
+strands should be tapered off.
+
+[Illustration: CHAIN SPLICE]
+
+=A Chain Splice= is used for splicing hemp tails into chain when
+required to travel through a block or fairlead, such as earrings and
+outhauls for forecastle and quarterdeck awnings. To make a chain
+splice unlay strands rather more than for an eye splice, then unlay the
+strand, =A=, for a few inches. Reeve the two remaining strands, =B= and
+=C=, through the link in the end of the chain; continue unlaying the
+strand, =A=, and lay up strand, =B=, in its place for about a foot,
+then half knot it and tuck as for a long splice. Then tuck the strand
+=C= as for an eye splice.
+
+[Illustration: CUT SPLICE]
+
+=A Cut Splice= is made by laying two ropes in the position indicated
+in the upper diagram. Leaving the ropes between =A=, =A=, to form an
+oblong loop, tuck the strands of one rope into the other as done in the
+eye splice. Splices are often wormed, parcelled and served.
+
+It is rather difficult to force apart the twisted strands of ropes.
+For this purpose a marlinespike is used for large ropes. This is made
+of iron, copper or hard wood. Copper is preferable as it does not rust
+like iron or break like wood. A steel pricker is used for small stuff.
+For very large ropes a fid, which is a tapered wooden pin usually made
+of lignum vitæ, is used.
+
+[Illustration: MARLINESPIKE PRICKER (ABOVE)]
+
+=A Grommet= is a ring of rope. To make it cut a strand about three
+and one-half times the length of the grommet required. Unlay the rope
+carefully and keep the turns of the strand in. Close up the strand in
+the form of a ring as shown in the first diagram and then pass the
+ends round and round in their original lay until all the intervals are
+filled up as shown in the second diagram. Then finish off the two ends
+as in a long splice.
+
+[Illustration: GROMMET]
+
+=An Artificial Eye= is made somewhat like a long splice. Take the
+end of a rope and unlay one strand; lay the two strands back to the
+standing part of the rope; pass the strand which has been unlaid over
+the end and in the intervals round the eye, until it returns down the
+standing part and lies under the eye with strands. Then divide the
+strands, taper them down and serve them over with spunyarn.
+
+[Illustration: ARTIFICIAL EYE FLEMISH EYE]
+
+=The Flemish Eye= is a little more difficult to make. The rope is
+first whipped and the strands unlaid to the whipping and opened out,
+separating each rope yarn. Take a piece of wood the size of the
+intended eye, =A=, between and along it lay three or more stops, hitch
+over the yarns and tie with the overhand knot crossing them somewhat;
+seize the ends and worm them between the strands at the shoulder. Then
+marl all down, parcel and serve the ends.
+
+[Illustration: THROAT SEIZING]
+
+=Throat Seizing= is made by opening the end slightly and lashing it to
+the standing part. The ring shown in the diagram is one of a variety
+occasionally used. It is useful to pass other ropes through in the
+rigging. Another ring is formed by lashing the two ends of a short
+piece of rope to the side of a long one, looping the short piece to
+give the requisite ring.
+
+[Illustration: SELVAGEE]
+
+=A Selvagee= is used to form a neat stropping for blocks or to go round
+a spar to which a hook is to be fastened. To make a selvagee strop
+drive a couple of bolts or large nails into a piece of plank, or any
+convenient place, or else seize a couple of hooks which will answer the
+same purpose. Put the nails or hooks at the required distance apart,
+according to the length of strop needed. Take the end of a ball of rope
+yarn and make it fast to one of the spikes or hooks. Pass it round the
+other spike and keep passing roundabout turns, taking care to have
+every turn well taut until the strop is the required thickness. If it
+is to be a very large strop marl it down with spunyarn; if a small
+strop use two-rope yarn.
+
+[Illustration: SELVAGEE FASTENING BLOCK TO ROPE]
+
+=To Lengthen a Rope of a Sail with a Single Strand.=--To do this is
+necessary when a sail is increased by the addition of, say, one cloth.
+Then the foot rope must be lengthened. Suppose the width of the cloth
+is 2 feet and the size of the rope 3 inches. After ripping the rope off
+four cloths, first cut the strand at the distance 2 feet 6 inches from
+each other, as shown in the diagram below.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Cut one strand at =A= and unlay it to =C=, then cut one of the
+remaining strands at =C= and unlay it to =B=, laying the strand =A= up
+again as far as =B=. Then cut the remaining strand at =B=, which will
+be the center, and the rope will be in two parts, as seen in the
+diagram above.
+
+Now marry the long end =A= to the end =B=, then lay up the long strand
+=A= and marry it to the other strand =B=, as in the diagram below.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Take a strand about 10 feet in length of the same size rope and marry
+one end to the short strand =A=, as shown in the diagram. Fill up the
+space left from =A= to =C= by laying in the new strand and marry the
+other end to the short strand =C=. There will then be four splices to
+finish off as ordinary long splices.
+
+[Illustration: BENDING SHEET TO CLEW OF SAIL]
+
+A rope is wormed, parcelled or served to preserve it from wet or chafe.
+
+=Worming= is done to fill up the space between the strands of the rope
+with spunyarn or small rope, to render the surface smooth and round for
+parcelling and serving.
+
+=Parcelling= a rope is laying round it with the lay of the rope strips
+of clad canvas, tarred, from 2 to 3 inches wide according to the size
+of the rope, before serving it, the upper turn of the parcelling
+overlapping the upper edge of the turn below it.
+
+[Illustration: WORMING PARCELLING SERVING]
+
+=Serving= is covering the rope with coils of spunyarn or other small
+stuff laid on quite close. The spunyarn is put, or, hove on by a
+serving mallet which has a score in the underpart according to the size
+of the rope. Service is always laid on against the lay of the rope. The
+sailor’s adage says:
+
+  Worm and parcel with the lay.
+  And serve the rope the other way.
+
+The end of the yarn is first secured by placing it under the first two
+or three coils. The serving mallet after being placed against the rope
+has two or three turns passed round its body and another turn or two on
+the handle. This enables the coils to be pulled taut as the mallet is
+worked round the rope by its handle. An extra man is needed for passing
+the ball of serving stuff. When the required length of service is put
+on, the end is put under the last two turns, hauled taut and cut off.
+
+=To make a cringle= unlay a single strand from the rope the size the
+cringle is required to be. Whip both ends, reeve the strand through
+the left-hand eyelet-hole in the sail, keeping one end nearly a third
+longer than the other, keeping the roping of the sail toward you. If
+a thimble is to be put in the cringle, lay up the two parts of the
+strand together, counting three lays. Commence with the short end of
+the strands toward you, through the right-hand eyelet-hole, taking
+it through the cringle and it will be in right position to lay up in
+the vacant space left in the cringle. When done the one end will hand
+down inside the right-hand eyelet-hole and the other end outside the
+left-hand one. The ends are then hitched by being rove through their
+respective eyelet-holes and passed over the leech rope and under their
+own part, one hitch being towards you and the other from you. Then
+take the ends down under one strand on the right and two on the left of
+the cringle nearest to it. Tuck the ends under the first two strands
+nearest the hitch leaving them well in place. The cringle is then
+fidded out and the thimble is put in on the forward of the sail. The
+ends of the strands are then tucked back left-handed, under one strand,
+again under two right-handed as in the first place. Heave them taut in
+place at each tuck, whip the ends with two of their own yarns and cut
+off. If a large cringle is needed count an extra number of lays, 5, 7,
+9, etc., always an odd number.
+
+[Illustration: A CRINGLE]
+
+To finish a cringle off on a crown commence as already told. After
+laying up the strand together instead of forming a hitch with each end,
+the ends are rove through their respective eyelet-holes and tucked back
+under two strands of the cringle and again laid up as far as the crown
+forming a four-stranded cringle. It is finished off by tucking the ends
+under two strands and crossing them under the crown of the cringle and
+cut off close.
+
+[Illustration: CRINGLE ON A CROWN]
+
+
+
+
+WIRE ROPE SPLICING
+
+
+In splicing wire rope great care must be taken to prevent kinks getting
+into the rope or strands. Once a kink is made no amount of strain can
+take it out, and the rope is unsafe to work. If possible a turntable
+should be employed (an old cart wheel mounted on a spindle makes an
+excellent one)--the rope will then lead off perfectly straight without
+kinks.
+
+With steel wire rope, always before working it put a stop on at the
+place to which you intend to unlay, and put a good whipping of twine at
+the end of each strand. In splicing wire all tucks are made against the
+lay of the rope.
+
+In making an eye splice the rope is handled better if hung up in a
+convenient position, so that when standing up the eye will be at about
+the level of the chest of the person working.
+
+A long, tapering steel marlinespike is required and after placing it
+under a strand do not withdraw it until the tuck is made and all the
+slack of the strand drawn through.
+
+To make a neat splice do not haul the part of the rope that has not
+been unlaid too close to the neck of the splice, and in tucking the
+strands never take a short nip, but take long lays.
+
+In unlaying for a long splice always unlay two strands simultaneously
+to keep the rope in its original lay. For a fair-sized rope unlay about
+9 feet of each end.
+
+Proceed as in rope splicing and after the three pairs of strands are in
+their places, single them and continue to unlay and lay in until the
+six meeting places of the strands are equidistant.
+
+To finish off the ends properly can only be learned by observation and
+actual practice. By using two marlinespikes the hempen heart is removed
+and the ends of the wire strands forced into the place it occupied,
+making a very neat job when finished.
+
+Wire splices should be parcelled with oily canvas and served.
+
+=Short Splice.=--The same procedure is gone through as for splicing
+hemp rope, only care must be taken to place a good whipping on where
+the ends marry, and that each strand prior to unlaying is whipped.
+The number of tucks taken should never be less than three whole and
+one-half and one-third, so as to taper the splice off. The number of
+tucks to be taken off varies according to the work required of the rope
+or strop, but as a rule the more the better.
+
+In tucking wire strands the strand should be entered in front of the
+marlinespike, which should not be withdrawn until this has been done,
+care being taken not to kink the strand.
+
+=Eye Splice.=--Make the crown of the eye, take half the girth of the
+thimble and rope to be used and put a good stout whipping on to the
+wire, break the wire into shape of the thimble and heave both parts
+of the wire together by means of the rigging screws supplied for this
+purpose. Put a good seizing of spun yarn around both sides of the wire
+and thimble at the ends of the latter. Then remove the rigging screws
+and unlay the end of the wire as far as the whipping, open each strand
+and remove the hemp heart by cutting it off. Then put a whipping on the
+ends of the six strands, commence the splice by tucking the right-hand
+strand first, then the others in succession, each strand under one.
+The left-hand strand being the last is tucked under two. This ensures
+that each strand takes a fair strain. Care should be taken to keep the
+strands straight. When all have been tucked once, beat well down with
+an iron hammer and put on a good seizing of spun yarn. Then tuck each
+strand a second time. Wire 2½ inches and over should be tucked three
+times full and tapered to a third.
+
+=Steel Wire Hawsers.=--The splices of the wire are made against the
+lay of the rope tucked three times with the full size of the strand and
+a fourth time with the strand reduced one-half; to make a more suitable
+taper, each tuck is drawn tightly in the direction of the lay of the
+rope. The center core of the rope is removed on opening out the strands
+for splicing, and the cores of the strands removed after the first tuck
+has been made. The first tuck is taken at one and a half times the
+girth of the thimble plus the circumference of the rope. The splice
+is then parcelled and served, the thimble tightly seized in with flat
+seizing crossed.
+
+=Splicing Wire Rope into an Endless Band.=--This can be done either by
+the long or short splice, but the former is recommended, as the short
+splice, though equally strong, leaves a thick place in the rope. In the
+long splice, if properly made, no such inequality exists; indeed the
+spliced part should be difficult to locate.
+
+To make a long splice a rope say 3½-inch circumference should have
+a splice not less than 60 feet to be safe, and smaller sizes in
+proportion down to 1½-inch circumference, for which size 25 feet will
+do. Take the 3½-inch rope as an example.
+
+Measure 30 feet off each end of the rope and put a sound marline
+serving at those points. Then cut off the end servings and tie the
+strands together in twos and interlock, as shown in the diagram.
+
+[Illustration: SPLICING INTO AN ENDLESS BAND]
+
+Lashings should only be cut off when parts are quite close together,
+otherwise rope has a tendency to open out further back and thus throw
+the length wrong. Then open strands out singly and snip off short six
+of the ends, three on either side, alternately. That is to say, leave
+a long end in each case opposite one of the snipped ends. Take each
+of the short ends in turn and carefully unlay them, at the same time
+laying in its place the corresponding long end.
+
+This should be done with all the strands, and reckoning from the center
+on each side, the first one should be taken away 25 feet, the second 15
+feet, and the third 5 feet. This will divide the splice up equally as
+shown in the lower diagram.
+
+Then commence at the first strand at either end. First put the
+marlinespike through the center of the rope where the ends cross, cut
+and remove the hemp heart for about a foot. Then by the aid of the two
+spikes force the strand into place of heart just removed and follow up
+to the end of the strand, pulling out the heart a few inches at a time.
+
+Repeat with all twelve ends, taking care that no empty space is left in
+the center of the rope by cutting of the hemp core further away than
+the strand end will reach. It is a good plan to marl or wrap each end
+with parcelling before it is put into the center of the rope, as this
+tends to give parts of the splice a good grip of one another. To finish
+off and remove inequalities, lay the splice on deck and hammer with a
+heavy wooden mallet.
+
+[Illustration: A PAUNCH MAT]
+
+
+
+
+MATTING
+
+
+=A Paunch Mat= is used as a protection from chafe on shipboard.
+Stretch a piece of rope according to the size of the mat required in a
+horizontal position and fasten each end. Across this hanging by their
+middles, foxes are placed. Foxes are two or more rope yarns twisted
+together by hand and each rubbed down with tarred canvas or a handful
+of rope yarn. Beginning with the fox nearest the left hand twist a
+turn in the two parts and give one part to the man opposite. The next
+fox has a turn twisted in its two parts and one part is given to the
+opposite man. The other part is twisted round the first which is given
+to the partner and then again round its own part with the other foxes
+until the required breadth is reached. Then as no more foxes are added
+and the outside on the right is brought over from time to time, a
+selvage is formed as on the left side. There is a little difficulty in
+starting but afterwards all will go along very easily. Each fox from
+the right passes over the next one to it on the left and is pushed
+back. The one that has been passed over being taken up first over the
+next and pushed back as before. Each twist should be pressed tight
+as it is made. When the mat is deep enough a selvage is made by
+straining another piece of cord along the bottom securing both ends. As
+each fox comes down it is half hitched to this and the next fox is laid
+at the back of it and so on alternately.
+
+[Illustration: SWORD MATTING WARP AND LOOM]
+
+=Sword Matting= is used for boats, gripes, etc. Two iron bars are slung
+in a horizontal position at the required distance apart for warping
+the mat off. Hitch one end of the warp which is of spunyarn to the bar
+at the end of which it is intended to finish the mat. The other end is
+then rove through the first hole in the loom over and under the other
+bar back through the first slit, over and under the other bar and so on
+until as many parts as are required for the breadth needed have been
+laid out. The last end is rove through a slit and secured to the bar at
+the end the mat is to be finished. When this is done lift the loom up,
+middle the fittings and lay it between the upper and lower parts. Then
+lower the loom and the parts that were lowest will rise in the slits
+and become the uppermost and thus put a cross in the warp.
+
+[Illustration: SWORD MATTING]
+
+A piece of wood made in the shape of a knife, called a sword, is then
+inserted between the alternate parts of the warp and the crossing
+is driven close to the head against the bar over which the warp for
+weaving the mat is passed. Then turn of filling is passed to secure the
+crossing, reeving the ends through contraryways. Haul it taut, take out
+the sword, lift up the loom and continue to pass the filling. Half knot
+it with two turns. To finish off splice the mat. The loom is usually
+made of a piece of copper sheet with alternate holes and slits in it.
+
+[Illustration: SPLICING A SWORD MAT]
+
+=To Splice a Sword Mat= unlay 6 or 7 inches of the mat, open the ends
+out, marry them together laying one up and one down flat along the mat.
+Withdraw the nettles on one side of one mat and point the nettles of
+the other mat through the holes they will come out of. All ends will
+then disappear from that side and there will be four rows of ends on
+the other. Turn the mats over, pick out the proper nettles of the side
+which have been married together, withdraw the ends belonging to one
+mat and introduce the corresponding ends of the other mat through the
+holes. Perform this operation on each mat and on each side there will
+be two rows of ends. Marry these ends together on each side laying one
+up and one down and go on splicing by withdrawing and reeving for two
+or three rows more in each mat. Leave off with the ends all out on the
+same side and finish off as with selvaging.
+
+A cobbler’s stitch is used for joining the sides of sword mats
+together. Take a filling of roping twine, middle it and reeve each end
+through two bights in each mat (if a heavy mat through three bights at
+each side). Then reeve the lowermost end back through the same bights
+as the upper end which will bring the ends out at opposite sides. Draw
+the mats together and reeve both ends through two turns in each mat
+again, passing each other through the same hole opposite ways. Keep
+on doing this like stitching the sole of a shoe, hence the reason for
+calling it a cobbler’s stitch. Finish off each end by taking a hitch
+through a bight in the mat of the next lay above and cut off the ends.
+
+[Illustration: A THRUM MAT]
+
+=A Thrum Mat= is made of canvas and short yarns of equal length. These
+yarns are rove through holes stabbed in the canvas, both ends of the
+yarns being on the same side.
+
+=A Common Sennit= is made by taking three or four nettles according to
+the need required. Middle them over a belaying pin and plait three or
+four together the length it is intended to make the eye. Then work both
+parts together to form an eye and plait them by bringing the outside
+nettles on each side alternately over to the middle. The outside one is
+laid with the right hand and the remainder held firmly with the left
+hand. Work the whole together adding a nettle when necessary. After
+the eye is properly formed drop a yarn and continue to the end with an
+odd number. When it is of sufficient length lessen it by dropping a
+nettle at regular intervals. To finish it lay one end up, leaving its
+bight down and plait the other ends through this bight until they are
+all worked through it. Then haul on the end till the bight is taut. To
+secure all parts cut off the ends and whip it.
+
+[Illustration: SQUARE SENNIT ROUND FENDER]
+
+=A Square Sennit= is made somewhat in the same manner as the round
+sennit but without a heart. Nettles are used in the same ratio
+increasing by fours. Having put a whipping round the (eight) ends
+divide the nettles, and lay half on each side. Bring the uppermost
+left-handed nettle round underneath all and up inside two and over
+two of the right-handed ones. Cross over the latter ones to the left
+and make four on each side again. Then take the uppermost to the
+right-handed nettles, pass it underneath and under two and over two of
+the left-handed ones, still keeping four on a side, because the nettle
+taken up always comes round to its own side again. To proceed take
+the upper nettle on each side alternately and finish off as the round
+sennit is finished.
+
+[Illustration: A FENDER]
+
+=A Fender= is used to protect the sides of a boat. Sometimes it is
+made of wood but more often is of canvas stuffed with oakum and painted.
+
+To make a soft fender take a piece of Manilla rope double the length
+of the fender. Unlay it, open the strands and comb them until all the
+yarns lie straight. Double it and clap an eye-seizing on it, marling
+it down as shown in the diagram. A lanyard of small cords, such as
+log-line, is then spliced into the eye.
+
+=A Round or Pudding Fender= is made of a center or heart of rope yarn
+worked over a grafted with short pieces of rope yarn nettles. The
+nettles are first cut to the proper length and the middle part slightly
+twisted. They are then brought snugly round a thimble and a seizing put
+on. The heart or pudding may be of any old stuff such as old strands,
+spunyarn, etc. This is put into its place and the nettles laid evenly
+over it. Half the nettles taken alternately are turned back over the
+eye and the other left lying down the heart. Pass a turn or two of
+twine or marline called the warp or filling round the fender where the
+nettles separate and hitch it. The nettles turned back must now be
+brought down and those that are down turned over the eye. The warp is
+now passed again and hitched as before. This must be repeated until
+the whole of the fender is covered with a woven coat as shown in the
+diagram. The ends of the nettles are brought round last turn of the
+warp and interlaced in the grafting.
+
+[Illustration: SIMPLE WEAVING]
+
+A simple weaving apparatus is shown in the diagram by which mats may
+easily be made. Take two pegs about 15 to 18 inches long, and drive
+them into the ground or attach them to a board so as to be firm.
+
+These should stand about a foot out of the ground. Then take a stick or
+a piece of wood and lash it across the upright stakes. Next drive a row
+of pegs into the ground. These pegs should be at equal distances apart,
+not to exceed 6 inches, and parallel with the lashed stick. Two sets
+of strings are then tied to the cross stick. The ends of one set are
+fastened to the sticks and the ends of the other set to a staff held in
+the hands, as shown in the diagram. If there are a dozen strings, then
+the odd numbered should be fastened to the sticks and the even numbered
+to the staff. By alternately raising and depressing the staff, placing
+a handful of straw or rushes between the strings at each movement and
+making them lie close, a good mat is made. These mats may be joined
+together with the cobbler’s stitch or by tying the string ends together.
+
+[Illustration: MALAY HITCH]
+
+The =Malay Hitch= is a name given by Captain Galton, a noted traveler,
+to a method for fastening boards or planks together to make a shelter.
+The cord is twisted once and then as each board is inserted this twist
+holds them sufficiently tight for temporary purposes.
+
+
+
+
+HAMMOCK MAKING
+
+
+At the mention of a hammock one’s mind naturally reverts to the sailor
+and at the same time thinks of the pleasure a good hammock will afford
+under some shady tree or on a sheltered piazza. Hammock making is quite
+easy and the tools necessary are simple. First, a netting needle is
+required. There are two styles of these needles, which are shown in
+the diagram. In the top one the cord is brought round the end at =A=,
+up one side, round the pin at =B= and back the same side, the process
+being repeated on the other side of the needle. This needle is made of
+hardwood such as boxwood, and is 8 inches long by ¾ inch wide.
+
+The needle shown in the middle diagram has the cord wound round it as
+in an ordinary shuttle.
+
+[Illustration: NETTING NEEDLES AND MESH STICK]
+
+The mesh stick, the lower illustration, which also shows a cross
+section, is made of hardwood or bone and is about 5 inches long and
+oval in shape.
+
+At one end of the string to be used for the net, tie a loop and place
+the knot on a nail fixed in some convenient position. Place the mesh
+stick under the loop as shown by =A= in the diagram, put the cord under
+it, then pass the needle through the loop and pull the cord taut.
+
+[Illustration: LOOP IN MESHING FIRST STAGE OF MESHING]
+
+Now place the thumb of the left hand on the cord beyond the loop, as
+shown in the next diagram, and with a turn of the wrist of the right
+hand throw the cord to the position shown at =B=, then pass the needle
+under the loop =C=, through the bight =B= and down as at =D= and draw
+the knot tight.
+
+[Illustration: SECOND STAGE IN MESHING]
+
+When this has been done the loop will assume the shape seen in the
+diagram illustrating the third meshing stage. The cord must be held
+firmly with the thumb at =A= when pulling up the knots, as the
+uniformity of the meshes depends on this.
+
+To continue the netting the stick is withdrawn and placed under =A=, in
+the third meshing diagram. The needle is then passed under the stick
+as before, brought through the loop =B= and as before to form another
+mesh. This is continued to make a chain of meshes, say forty-five or
+fifty, sufficient for the width of the hammock. The loop =A= originally
+tied is then unfastened and it will be found that the meshes are all of
+the same size.
+
+[Illustration: THIRD MESHING STAGE CHAIN OF MESHES]
+
+The chain is then opened out at right angles to the line in which it
+was made, shown in the next diagram, and working across is begun by
+making a mesh at =A=, then at =B=, =C=, and so on, until the length of
+the first lot of meshes has been reached, when the net is turned over
+and another row of meshes worked in the same manner.
+
+To insure uniformity it will be well to put the loops, =D=, =E=, =F=
+and =G=, separately on the hook or nail as the meshes under them are
+made. After a little practice a cord may be reeved through the top line
+of meshes, tied into a loop and passed over the knee and then over the
+foot as the work progresses.
+
+[Illustration: BEGINNING OF CROSS NETTING HAMMOCK CLEW]
+
+An ash stick may be used at each end to which the end meshes are looped
+and tied, and a piece of codline may be passed through the side meshes
+on each side and attached to the ends of the sticks. At each end a
+stout cord is secured to the stick in the form of a triangle for
+hanging the hammock. Another plan is to tie a number of cords together
+by doubling them in the center and forming a loop, and each of the free
+ends is attached to one of the meshes of the net. The best plan is to
+reeve a cord about the size of a little finger through the end meshes
+and splice it into the form of a grommet. A thimble, =A=, is fixed in
+the end to which the supporting cords are attached and the cords which
+are reeved through the side meshes are spliced into the eye =B= at =C=.
+When these clews are used the net must be made longer than for sticks.
+
+
+
+
+STRENGTH OF ROPE, ETC.
+
+
+Rope is measured by its circumference. A four-stranded rope is about
+one-fifth weaker than a three-stranded one.
+
+Generally blocks should be three times the size of the rope which it is
+intended to reeve in them.
+
+The hauling part bears twice the strain of the standing part of a fall,
+the pin of a block is often more worn on one of its sides than on the
+other and should be turned frequently.
+
+Sheaves and pins of blocks should be carefully examined at short
+intervals.
+
+
+BREAKING STRAINS, ETC.
+
+HAWSER-LAID ROPE RULE
+
+Square the circumference and divide by 3 for the breaking strain; in
+tons. Divide by 4 for the proof strain; divide by 6 for the working
+strain.
+
+
+WORKED EXAMPLE
+
+A rope 4 inches in circumference; required the breaking strain.
+
+             4 inches in circumference.
+      ×      4
+          ----
+      ÷  3) 16
+          ----
+  _Ans._   5.3 tons = breaking strain.
+          ====
+
+             4 inches in circumference.
+      ×      4
+      ÷  4) 16
+          ----
+  _Ans._     4 tons = proof strain.
+          ====
+
+             4 inches in circumference.
+      ×      4
+          ----
+      ÷  6) 16
+          ----
+  _Ans._   2.7 tons = working strain.
+          ====
+
+To find what weight a rope will lift when rove as a tackle.
+
+Multiply the weight the rope is capable of suspending by the number of
+parts at the movable block and subtract ¼ of this for resistance.
+
+To determine the relative strength of chain and rope.
+
+Consider the proportional strength to be 10 to 1, using the diameter of
+the chain and the circumference of the rope; ½-inch chain may replace
+5-inch rope.
+
+Table showing the sized wire rope which may be used as a substitute for
+hempen rope.
+
+  Hemp Rope   Wire Rope
+   Inches      Inches
+      3         1½
+      4         1¾
+      5         2
+      6         2½
+      7         3
+      8         3½
+      9         4
+     10         4½
+     11         5
+
+
+STEEL WIRE ROPES
+
+1. The four qualities of steel wire used for wire making are:
+
+=Breaking Strain p.s.i.=--Extra plough steel, 110 to 120 tons. Mild
+plough steel, 95 to 100 tons. Best patent steel, 80 to 85 tons.
+Bessemer steel, 40 to 45 tons.
+
+2. =Specifications.=--Specification should state: (1) Length of rope.
+(2) Size of gear. (3) Speed. (4) Load, _exclusive of rope_. (5) If for
+wet workings. (6) Gradients. (7) Particulars of curves.
+
+3. =Working Load.=--The maximum working load at average speed,
+including weight of rope, should not exceed a tenth of the breaking
+strain as tabulated on page 156.
+
+4. =Sheaves and Barrels.=--Great care should be taken that wire
+ropes are not worked round drums or over pulleys of insufficient
+circumference, that they do not strike against any hard substance while
+in motion. They should be about 30 times the circumference of the rope
+in diameter.
+
+5. =Uncoiling.=--Much care should be taken in uncoiling wire ropes, to
+prevent kinking. The coil should not be laid stationary, but should be
+placed on a turntable or reel and unwound from the outer end.
+
+6. =Grease.=--To prevent corrosion, all working ropes should receive a
+regular dressing of wire rope grease thoroughly laid on.
+
+7. =Starting.=--The greatest strain on a rope being at the moment of
+starting, every care should be taken to insure perfect steadiness of
+movement, as jerking is ruinous to ropes.
+
+
+Weights and Breaking Strengths of Round Wire Ropes.
+
+  +--------+----------+--------+-------+-------+-------+--------+
+  |  Diam. | Circumf. |  Lbs.  |               | Best  |  Best  |
+  |Inches. | Inches.  |  per   | Plough Steel  |Patent |Bessemer|
+  |        |          | Fathom.| Extra.| Mild. |Steel. | Steel. |
+  +--------+----------+--------+-------+-------+-------+--------+
+  |        |          |        | Tons. | Tons. | Tons. | Tons.  |
+  |   ½    |    1½    |   2¼   |   8½  |   7½  |   6¼  |   3¼   |
+  |        |    1¾    |   3    |  11½  |  10   |   8½  |   4¼   |
+  |   ⅝    |    2     |   3¾   |  15¼  |  13   |  11   |   5½   |
+  |        |    2¼    |   5    |  19¼  |  16½  |  14   |   7    |
+  |   ¾    |    2⅜    |   5½   |  20   |  17¼  |  15½  |   8    |
+  |        |    2½    |   6¼   |  23¾  |  20¼  |  17½  |   8¾   |
+  |   ⅞    |    2¾    |   7½   |  28¾  |  24½  |  21   |  10½   |
+  |        |    3     |   8¾   |  34¼  |  29¾  |  25   |  12½   |
+  | 1      |    3⅛    |   9½   |  36½  |  32   |  27   |  13½   |
+  |        |    3¼    |  11¼   |  40   |  34   |  29   |  14¾   |
+  |        |    3½    |  12¼   |  46½  |  39¼  |  34   |  17    |
+  |        |    3¾    |  14    |  53½  |  45¾  |  39   |  19½   |
+  | 1¼     |    4     |  16    |  61   |  54   |  44½  |  22¼   |
+  |        |    4¼    |  18    |  69   |  62   |  50   |  25    |
+  |        |    4½    |  20    |  77   |  70   |  56   |  28    |
+  | 1½     |    4¾    |  22½   |  86   |  76½  |  63   |  31    |
+  |        |    5     |  25    |  95   |  85½  |  70   |  34½   |
+  |        |    5¼    |  27    | 105   |  96   |  77   |  38½   |
+  | 1¾     |    5½    |  30    | 115   | 106   |  84   |  42    |
+  |        |    5¾    |  33    | 126   | 114   |  92   |  46    |
+  |        |    6     |  36    | 138   | 125   | 100   |  50    |
+  | 2      |    6¼    |  39    | 155   | 133   | 120   |  60    |
+  +--------+----------+--------+-------+-------+-------+--------+
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+  Artificial Eye, 119
+
+
+  Back-Handed Sailor’s Knot, 97, 98
+
+  Bale Slings, 84, 85
+
+  Belaying Pin Splice, 102
+
+  Bend Hawsers, 100
+
+  Bend Shortening, 71
+
+  Bending Sheet to Clew of Sail, 123
+
+  Blackwall Hitch, 44
+
+  Boat Knot, Simple, 95
+
+  Boat Knot with Thole Pin, 96
+
+  Boltrope, 14
+
+  Bow Knot, Double, 74, 75
+
+  Bow Knot, Single, 74, 75
+
+  Bow Shortening, 71, 72
+
+  Bowline Bend, 47, 48
+
+  Bowline Knot, 25, 26
+
+  Bowline Knot, Standing, 28
+
+  Bowline on a Bight, 27
+
+  Bronze Rope, 18
+
+  Builders’ Knot, 73
+
+  Builders’ Knot, Double, 74
+
+  Buntline Hitch, 38
+
+  Burton, Spanish, Double, 82, 83
+
+  Burton, Spanish, Single, 81, 82
+
+  Butt Slings, 84
+
+
+  Cable-Laid Rope, 13
+
+  Can Hooks, 84, 85
+
+  Capstan Knot, 96
+
+  Carrick Bend, 48
+
+  Carrick Bend, Double, 48, 49
+
+  Catspaw, 72
+
+  Chain Fastening, 90
+
+  Chain Fastening to Sheaves, Double, 91
+
+  Chain Hitch, 49
+
+  Chain Knot, 68
+
+  Chain Knot, Double, 69, 70
+
+  Chain Splice, 115, 116
+
+  Clinch, Outside, 28
+
+  Clinch, Running or Inside, 28
+
+  Clinch, Simple, 28
+
+  Clove Hitch, 39, 73
+
+  Coir Rope, 14, 18
+
+  Crabber’s Eye Knot, 37, 38
+
+  Cringle on a Crown, 127
+
+  Cringles, 125, 126
+
+  Crossed and Square Fastening, 92
+
+  Crossed Running Knot, 30, 96
+
+  Cross Lashing, 103
+
+  Cross Netting, 150
+
+  Crowning, 56
+
+  Crown Knot, 57
+
+  Cut Splice, 116
+
+
+  Dead-eye Lashing, 101, 102
+
+  Diamond Knot, Double, 63, 64
+
+  Diamond Knot, Single, 62, 63
+
+  Dog Shank, 70, 71
+
+  Double Blackwall Hitch, 41, 42
+
+  Double Builders’ Knot, 74
+
+  Double Knot, 22
+
+  Double Wall Knot, 56
+
+  Durable Rope, 18
+
+
+  Englishman’s Knot, 33
+
+  Eye Splice, Rope, 115
+
+  Eye Splice, Wire Rope, 130
+
+
+  False Knot, 31, 32
+
+  Fender, Round or Pudding, 141
+
+  Fender, Soft, 142
+
+  Fibres, 12
+
+  Figure of 8 Knot, 21
+
+  Fisherman’s Bend, 46, 47
+
+  Fisherman’s Knot, 33
+
+  Five-Fold Knot, 22
+
+  Flemish Eye, 119
+
+  Flemish Knot, 76, 77
+
+
+  Galvanized Iron Wire, 18
+
+  Granny, 31, 32
+
+  Grommet, 118
+
+  Gunner’s Knot, 99
+
+
+  Half Hitch, 36
+
+  Half Hitch and Seizing Bend, 47, 48
+
+  Hammock Clew, 150
+
+  Hammock Lashings, 14
+
+  Hawser Bend, Simple, 47
+
+  Hawser Rope, 13
+
+  Hawsers, 18
+
+  Hemp Rope, 18
+
+
+  Junk, 14
+
+  Jury Knot, 108
+
+
+  Killick Hitch, 42, 43
+
+  Knot Shortening, 71, 72
+
+
+  Lanyards, 14
+
+  Lark Boat Knot, 94, 95
+
+  Lark’s Head, 88, 89, 96
+
+  Lark’s Head, Double, 97, 98
+
+  Lark’s Head, Stoppered, 96
+
+  Lark’s Head, Treble, 97, 98
+
+  Lark’s Head with Crossed Ends, 97
+
+  Lark’s Nest, 57
+
+  Lengthening the Rope of a Sail, 122
+
+  Long Splice, Rope, 114
+
+  Long Splice, Wire, 131
+
+  Loop Fastening to Sheaves, 91, 92
+
+  Loop Knot, 23, 24
+
+  Loop Knot for Large Cordage, 24
+
+  Loop or Bend Shortening, Simple, 71
+
+  Lubber’s Knot, 32
+
+
+  Magnus Hitch, 43
+
+  Malay Hitch, 145
+
+  Manila Rope, 18
+
+  Marling Hitch, 42
+
+  Marlinespike, 118
+
+  Marlinespike Hitch, 43, 44
+
+  Manrope Knot, 57, 58
+
+  Matthew Walker Knot, 59, 60
+
+  Matthew Walker, Double, 60, 61
+
+  Meshing Loop, 147
+
+  Metallic Rope, 18
+
+  Midshipman’s Hitch, 42
+
+  Mousing a Hook, 100
+
+
+  Necklace Tie, 103
+
+  Nettle Stuff, 14
+
+  Netting Needles, 146
+
+  Nippering or Packing, 104
+
+
+  Oakum, 14
+
+  Open-Hand Knot, 32
+
+  Ordinary Knot or Tie, 34
+
+  Overhand Loop, 21
+
+
+  Packing Knot, 106, 107
+
+  Parbuckle, 84
+
+  Parcelling, 124
+
+  Pass a Life Line, To, 85
+
+  Pass a Stropper, To, 86
+
+  Paunch Mat, 134
+
+  Pitcher Knot, Single, 23
+
+  Pitcher Knot, Double, 108, 109
+
+  Point a Rope End, To, 52, 53
+
+  Portuguese Knot or Necklace Tie, 103
+
+  Pricker, 118
+
+  Purchases--
+    Burton, 81
+    Double Luff Tackle, 80, 81
+    Four-fold, 81
+    Gun Tackle, 79, 80
+    Handy Billy, 80
+    Luff Tackle, 80, 81
+    Runner, 79, 80
+    Runner and Tackle, 82
+    Three-fold, 80
+    Up and Down Tackle, 81
+    Watch Tackle, 80
+    Whip, Double, 79
+    Whip, Single, 79
+
+  Put a Strop on a Spar, 87
+
+
+  Racking Seizing, 109, 110, 111
+
+  Reef Knot, 31, 73
+
+  Roband Hitch, 39
+
+  Rolling Hitch, 40, 41
+
+  Rope, 11
+
+  Rope Yarn Knot, 35
+
+  Rose Lashing, 103
+
+  Round Fender, 143
+
+  Round Turn and Two Half Hitches, 43, 44
+
+  Running Bowline, 26
+
+  Running Knot, 75, 76, 77
+
+  Running Knot Checked, 75, 76
+
+  Running Knot Crossed, 30, 96
+
+  Running Knot in Eye of a Rope, 101
+
+  Running Knot, Simple, 96
+
+  Running Knot with Check Knot, 24
+
+  Running Noose, 29, 30
+
+
+  Sailors’ Knot Fastening, 94
+
+  Secure Lead Line to Lead, 100
+
+  Secure a Rope Round a Belaying Pin, 93
+
+  Secure a Rope Around a Cleat, 93
+
+  Selvagees, 120, 121
+
+  Sennit, 14
+
+  Sennit, Crown, 140
+
+  Sennit, Square, 141
+
+  Serving, 124
+
+  Shell Lashing, 103
+
+  Sheep Shank or Dog Shank, 70, 71
+
+  Sheet Bend, 46, 47
+
+  Shortening Tie, 34
+
+  Short Splice, Rope, 112
+
+  Short Splice, Wire, 129
+
+  Shroud-Laid Rope, 13
+
+  Shroud Knot, 64
+
+  Simple Boat Knot, 95
+
+  Simple Hitch, 21
+
+  Simple Knot, 21, 73, 74
+
+  Simple Running Knot, 23
+
+  Simple Stoppered Loop, 88
+
+  Single Plait or Chain Knot, 68
+
+  Six-Fold Knot, 23
+
+  Sling a Cask on End, 86
+
+  Slip Clinches or Running Knots Seized, 29
+
+  Slip Knot, Stoppered, 98
+
+  Slip Knot Secured by Slip Clinch, 99
+
+  Slippery Hitch, 39, 40
+
+  Slippery Ring Knot, 94
+
+  Snaking and Seizing, 65
+
+  Spanish Burton, 81, 82
+
+  Spanish Burton, Double, 82, 83
+
+  Spanish Windlass, 83
+
+  Spritsail Sheet Knot, 66
+
+  Spun Yarn, 14
+
+  Square Fastening, 93
+
+  Stationer’s Knot, 77, 78
+
+  Steel Rope, 18
+
+  Stopper Knot, 57, 58
+
+  Strands, 12
+
+  Stun’sail Halyard Bend, 44, 45
+
+  Sword Mat Splicing, 138
+
+  Sword Matting, 136, 137
+
+
+  Tail Jigger, 87
+
+  Tent Pole Knot, 75, 76
+
+  Throat Seizing, 120
+
+  Thrum Mat, 140
+
+  Timber Hitch, 36, 37
+
+  Timber Hitch for Towing Spars, 37
+
+  Toggles, 107
+
+  Tomfool Knot, 23
+
+  Topsail Halyard Bend, 45
+
+  Treble Knot, 22
+
+  Turk’s Head Knot, 58
+
+  Twine, 14
+
+  Twist Knot, Single, 69, 74
+
+  Twist Knot, Double, 74, 75
+
+  Twisted Rope Fastening, 89
+
+
+  Underhand Loop, 21
+
+  Useful Band, 106
+
+
+  Wall Knot, 54, 55
+
+  Waterman’s Knot, 89, 90
+
+  Weaver’s Knot or Tie, 32, 33
+
+  Wedding Knot or Rose Lashing, 102, 103
+
+  Weaving, Simple, 144
+
+  Whip a Rope, To, 50, 51
+
+  Whipping, American, 103
+
+  Whipping, To Finish, 105
+
+  Whipping, Palm and Needle, 51, 52
+
+  Whipping, West Country, 104
+
+  Wire Hawsers, Steel, 130
+
+  Wire Rope, 18
+
+  Wire Rope Eye Splice, 130
+
+  Wire Rope into Endless Band, To Splice, 131
+
+  Wire Rope Long Splice, 131
+
+  Wire Rope Splicing, 128
+
+  Wire Splice, Short, 129
+
+  Worming, 124
+
+
+  Yarn, 12
+
+
+Transcriber’s Notes.
+
+Italic text is indicated with _underscores_, bold text with =equals=.
+Small/mixed capitals have been replaced with ALL CAPITALS.
+
+Evident typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected
+silently. Inconsistent spelling/hyphenation has been normalised.
+
+To improve text flow, illustrations have been relocated between
+paragraphs. Where necessary, references to illustrations in the text
+have been modified to reflect the change in position.
+
+New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to the
+public domain.
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78376 ***
diff --git a/78376-h/78376-h.htm b/78376-h/78376-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2c1c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/78376-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6424 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta charset="UTF-8">
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
+    <meta name="format-detection" content="telephone=no,date=no,address=no,email=no,url=no">
+    <title>
+      Knots | Project Gutenberg
+    </title>
+    <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+    <style>
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+/*h1 styling for second (html) title page */
+.subh1 {
+    display: block;
+    font-size: 2em;
+    margin-top: 0.67em;
+    margin-bottom: 0.67em;
+    margin-left: 0;
+    margin-right: 0;
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .5em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: .5em;
+}
+
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+
+
+.p2b {margin-bottom:2em;}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: 33.5%;
+    margin-right: 33.5%;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak  {page-break-before: avoid;}
+
+ul.index { list-style-type: none; }
+li.ifrst {
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    text-indent: -2em;
+    padding-left: 1em;
+}
+li.indx  {
+    margin-top: .5em;
+    text-indent: -2em;
+    padding-left: 1em;
+}
+li.isub1 {
+    text-indent: -2em;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+}
+
+
+
+table {
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+table.autotable    { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th {font-size:80%;font-weight:normal;}
+
+.tdl      {text-align: left;}
+.tdr      {text-align: right;}
+.tdc      {text-align: center;}
+
+.pagenum {
+
+    position: absolute;
+    left: 92%;
+    font-size: small;
+    text-align: right;
+    font-style: normal;
+    font-weight: normal;
+    font-variant: normal;
+    text-indent: 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+blockquote {
+    margin-top: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 0;
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+
+
+.bbd       {border-bottom: 3px double;}
+
+.bb       {border-bottom: 1px solid;}
+
+.center   {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+
+
+figcaption   {font-size:70%; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+figcaption p {margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: inherit;}
+
+
+figcaption table {
+  font-size: inherit;
+}
+
+
+
+img {
+    max-width: 100%;
+    height: auto;
+}
+img.w100 {width: 100%;}
+
+
+.figcenter {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+    page-break-inside: avoid;
+    max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+.poetry-container {display: flex; justify-content: center;}
+.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
+.poetry           {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
+
+
+
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+    color: black;
+    font-size:small;
+    padding:0.5em;
+    margin-bottom:5em;
+    font-family:sans-serif, serif;
+}
+
+
+.sm {font-size: smaller;}
+
+
+
+.nw {
+    white-space: nowrap;
+}
+
+
+a  {text-decoration: none}
+
+ins {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+
+.pagenum {
+    color: gray;
+}
+
+
+table.autotable    { border-collapse: collapse; border: 2px solid;font-size:80%}
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th { padding: 0.25em; border: 1px solid;}
+table.autotable th {font-size:80%;font-weight:normal;}
+
+
+.tdln {width:1em;border-left-width:0 !important; padding-left:0 !important; text-align:left;}
+.tdrn {padding-left:0.5em !important;width:1em; border-right-width:0 !important; padding-right:0 !important; text-align:right !important;}
+
+
+
+@media screen and (max-width: 600px) {
+  .shrink {
+    font-size: 80%;
+  }
+}
+
+.frame {width:100%;margin:auto;text-align:center;
+height:auto;
+  background: url("images/frame.png");
+background-repeat:no-repeat;
+ background-position: center center;
+  /*background-attachment: fixed;*/
+background-size:contain;
+}
+
+/*
+@media screen and (max-width: 600px) {
+  .frame {
+    background: none;
+width:100%;
+  }
+}
+*/
+@media screen and (max-width: 550px) {
+  .frame {
+    background-size: cover;
+width:100%;
+  }
+}
+
+
+table.autotable3 td,
+table.autotable3 th {padding: 0.25em;}
+
+table.autotable4 {width:100%;}
+table.autotable4 td,
+table.autotable4 th {padding: 0.25em;vertical-align:top;}
+
+.c4 {width:4em;}
+.c6 {width:6em;}
+.c8 {width:8em;}
+.c12 {width:12em;}
+
+
+.titlepage {margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;width:20em;}
+/*hide ebook title page from browser*/
+.ebookversion {display:none;}
+/*unhide ebook title page in conversion*/
+.x-ebookmaker .ebookversion {display:block;}
+
+
+.illowe40 {width: 40em;}
+.illowe24 {width: 24em;}
+.illowe18 {width: 18em;}
+.illowe12 {width: 12em;}
+.illowe8 {width: 8em;}
+
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78376 ***</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1"></a><a id="Page_2"></a>2</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe40" id="i_002">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_002.jpg" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    RECRUITS AT THE NAVAL TRAINING CAMP, PELHAM BAY, N. Y.,
+    LEARNING TO MAKE KNOTS
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">3</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="ebookversion">
+<table class="titlepage"><tr><td>
+<h1>KNOTS</h1>
+<p class="p2 center">
+A study of <br>Marlinespike Seamanship <br>which
+embraces <br>Bends, Hitches, Ties, Fastenings and Splices<br> and their <br>Practical Application.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center p2">
+With chapters on <br>Cordage, Matting,
+Hammock Making <br>and <br>Wire Steel Work
+</p>
+
+<p class="center
+p2">
+Compiled and Edited by <br>
+A. F. ALDRIDGE
+</p>
+
+<p class=" center p2">
+Dedicated to the Sailors of the United States
+</p>
+
+<p class="center p2 p2b">
+THE RUDDER PUBLISHING COMPANY<br>
+<span class="smcap">9 Murray Street, New York City</span><br>
+U. S. A.
+</p>
+
+</td></tr></table>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="frame x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<table class="titlepage"><tr><td>
+<p class="subh1 center">KNOTS</p>
+<p class="p2 center">
+A study of <br>Marlinespike Seamanship <br>which
+embraces <br>Bends, Hitches, Ties, Fastenings and Splices<br> and their <br>Practical Application.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center p2">
+With chapters on <br>Cordage, Matting,
+Hammock Making <br>and <br>Wire Steel Work
+</p>
+
+<p class="center
+p2">
+Compiled and Edited by <br>
+A. F. ALDRIDGE
+</p>
+
+<p class=" center p2">
+Dedicated to the Sailors of the United States
+</p>
+
+<p class="center p2 p2b">
+THE RUDDER PUBLISHING COMPANY<br>
+<span class="smcap">9 Murray Street, New York City</span><br>
+U. S. A.
+</p>
+
+</td></tr></table>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter sm">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">4</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><i>COPYRIGHT 1918</i></p>
+
+<p class="center">BY<br>
+THE RUDDER PUBLISHING CO.<br>
+NEW YORK, U. S. A.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>All Rights Reserved</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="sm">PRESS OF</span><br>
+THOMSON &amp; COMPANY<br>
+<span class="smcap">9 Murray Street, New York</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">5</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">
+    CONTENTS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<table class="autotable3">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Preface
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_7">7</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+History of Knots
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_9">9</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Cordage
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_11">11</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Rope and Its Care
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_15">15</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Simple Knots and Loops
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_21">21</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Knots for Uniting Ropes
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_31">31</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Bends and Hitches
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_36">36</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Knots Formed on Ropes by Their Own Strands
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_50">50</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Shortenings
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_68">68</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Ties
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_73">73</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Purchases and Slings
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_79">79</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Fastenings, Moorings and Ring Knots
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_88">88</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Lashings and Seizings etc.
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_101">101</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Splicing and Rope Work
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_112">112</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Wire Rope Splicing
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_128">128</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Matting
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_134">134</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Hammock Making
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_146">146</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Strength of Rope etc.
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_152">152</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+Index
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+<a href="#Page_157">157</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a><a id="Page_7"></a>7</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="PREFACE">
+    PREFACE
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The study of knots is always fascinating. To
+twist ropes so that they will hold and not break is an
+art that comes natural to the sailor and the amateur
+will watch him in wonder as he does his work. Knots
+are just as important in these days of steam vessels
+as they were in the days of the sailing vessel, and now
+when thousands of men are being trained to handle
+the fleets of vessels building tying knots is a part of
+their training.</p>
+
+<p>At the Naval camps and the nautical schools the
+men are trained in squads and with a little practice
+they soon acquire the art. To aid those students this
+book has been published. It has been compiled from
+American and British Government records and from
+many other sources, so that it is as complete a collection
+of knots as it is possible to obtain.</p>
+
+<p>It will be of great assistance to men of the U. S.
+Navy, U. S. Naval Reserve, U. S. Junior Naval Reserve,
+the U. S. Nautical Schools and the U. S. Power
+Squadrons who are working so loyally to aid their
+country in its time of need. To these men this book
+is dedicated in the hope that it may be of some help
+to them in their work.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8"></a><a id="Page_9"></a>9</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="HISTORY_OF_KNOTS">
+    HISTORY OF KNOTS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Knots, according to an ingenuous essayist, are
+probably as “old as human fingers” and their history
+is lost in antiquity. Doubtless when man was first
+placed on this earth he learned to make fastenings
+from the tendrils of climbing vines and trailing flowers
+which twist themselves into odd fastenings as they
+lift themselves from the earth. The first cords were
+probably twisted grasses and rushes. Since those
+early days knots, like Topsy, have “just growed” and
+man’s ingenuity has enabled him so to arrange ropes
+and cords that they will sustain weights, fasten various
+articles together and take up strains so that they will
+hold under ordinary conditions.</p>
+
+<p>Seamen are credited with having devised the most
+knots. They have invented ties upon which depend
+the safety of their ships and the lives of those on board.
+Operatives in many trades such as building have borrowed
+from the seamen their knots and applied them to
+their work. In some instances the land operator has
+invented new knots or ties to suit conditions not found
+on shipboard.</p>
+
+<p>To tie a knot properly or to be able to join ropes
+so that they will hold and withstand heavy strains is
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">10</span>so important with seamen that careful attention is
+paid to the instruction of the men in this particular
+work. At the many naval training camps scattered
+about the country capable instructors show the recruits
+how to properly make knots, ties, hitches, bends
+and splices, and until the recruit knows how to handle
+ropes quickly and properly he is not much use at sea.
+In the nautical schools, too, and in the divisions of the
+U. S. Power Squadron much attention is paid to this
+part of the novice’s instruction.</p>
+
+<p>The steamship is steadily driving the sailing vessel
+from the seas. Of course on a sailing ship, where
+every spar is stayed by rope and where all the sails,
+the propelling power, are handled by ropes, the ability
+to properly tie knots is more important than on a vessel
+driven by steam or oil engines, but on the powered
+vessel there are many occasions when it is necessary
+to have a knowledge of knots, particularly in handling
+cargoes, in making fast to piers or moorings, in towing,
+in handling boats, and in hundreds of other instances
+so that the steam engine is not making “marlinespike
+seamanship” a lost art.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">11</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="CORDAGE">
+    CORDAGE
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Rope is a word that is taken to mean almost every
+pliable material. Technically a rope is a cord one inch
+or more in diameter. It is generally made of hemp,
+manila, coir, cotton, steel, iron or copper wire. In
+studying the nature and uses of knots, particularly
+those which come under the designation of splices,
+some knowledge of the mode and of the principles on
+which ropes are made, is essentially necessary. The
+simplest and most effectual mode of obtaining the
+united strength of fibres composing the rope would
+be to lay them side by side and fasten them together
+at each end as in the selvagee, which is described on
+<a href="#Page_120">page 120</a>. This plan, even if the fibres of hemp
+were of the necessary length, would be open to many
+objections; hence it was necessary to devise some plan
+which would give unlimited length to the rope and at
+the same time preserve its torsion and portability.
+This has been achieved by the compression and twisting
+of the fibres in different directions, until they produce
+a compact, hard and strong rope, neither breaking
+the fibres on the one hand nor leaving them so loose
+as to be easily drawn out from the mass on the other—either
+extreme would be equally fatal in its results
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">12</span>and injurious to the stability of the rope. This is
+achieved by the modern processes of rope making.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_012">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_012.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FIBRES TO CABLE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>First the fibres of hemp are loosely twisted together,
+right-handed, and form what is technically known
+as yarn. Two or three yarns twisted together form a
+strand; three strands form a rope and three ropes a
+cable. The diagram illustrates this clearly. <b>A</b> is a
+yarn teased out to show the original fibre; <b>B</b> shows the
+yarn forming the strand; the strands <b>C</b>, <b>H</b>, and <b>J</b> form
+the rope <b>D</b>; the ropes <b>D</b>, <b>F</b>, and <b>G</b> form the cable <b>E</b>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">13</span></p>
+
+<p>A hawser rope is composed of three strands laid up
+generally right-handed—that is, the direction taken
+by the strands in forming the rope always runs from
+left to right.</p>
+
+<p>A shroud-laid rope, also laid right-handed, consists
+of four strands with a heart in the center.</p>
+
+<p>A cable-laid rope is composed of three right-handed
+hawser-laid ropes laid up together left-handed, so that
+it may be said to consist of nine strands, or it may
+be formed by three left-handed ropes laid up right-handed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">14</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_013">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_013.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+HAWSER ROPE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SHROUD-LAID ROPE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+CABLE-LAID ROPE
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Spun yarn is a number of yarns twisted up right-handed.
+The number varies from two to eight.</p>
+
+<p>Nettle stuff is made of two or three yarns laid together
+and is used for making clews of hammocks,
+harbor gaskets, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Sennit is made of a number of yarns plaited up into
+square, round or flat sennit as required and used for
+various purposes.</p>
+
+<p>Junk consists of lengths of condemned cordage 4
+inches and above.</p>
+
+<p>Oakum is old rope unlaid and the yarns picked into
+hemp for caulking the seams in ships’ decks or sides.</p>
+
+<p>Boltrope is cordage tarred and white, made of
+Italian hemp from ½ inch to 6 inches. It is soft laid
+and well stretched and is used for roping sails and
+awnings.</p>
+
+<p>Hammock lashings and lanyards are of white Italian
+hemp 1¼ inch.</p>
+
+<p>Coir rope is three-stranded right-handed rope. The
+yarn is spun from the fibres of the cocoanut tree. It
+is one-third lighter than hemp but not nearly so durable.
+It soon rots after being wet, if not well dried
+before being stowed away. As it floats so light it is
+very useful for warps and is about a quarter the
+strength of hemp rope.</p>
+
+<p>Twine is made from very fine hemp.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">15</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="ROPE_AND_ITS_CARE">
+    ROPE AND ITS CARE
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Rope—and a sailor’s mind instantly pictures a ship.
+Ropes belong to a ship in his mind’s processes and
+since man launched his first boat on the water, rope
+has been in one form or another part of a boat’s equipment.
+Savages probably had ropes before they had
+boats, but with the development of the boat has come
+the development of rope into the product of today.</p>
+
+<p>Did you ever stop to think why rope is so much
+used aboard ships? What are the qualities which
+make it such a necessary part of a ship’s gear? Ropes
+are primarily used to transmit power in a convenient
+way. If sailors could grasp the sail in their hands and
+clew it up no clew-lines would be necessary. But their
+arms are not long enough and the power would be
+spread over such a large area that it would become
+ineffective. A clew-line concentrates that power from
+that point of application to a convenient place for the
+sailor to apply it. An iron rod would do the same
+thing, you say. Yes, but an iron rod lacks two essential
+qualities—lightness and flexibility. Flexibility is
+the cardinal virtue of a rope. When not in use it can
+be coiled down to a very small space and it can follow
+the wake of the worst helmsman without fear of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">16</span>breaking its back. A chain is flexible, but its own
+weight is so great that it is only of value for certain
+kinds of work.</p>
+
+<p>Ropes are made of organic material such as cotton,
+hemp, manila, grass, and of metals such as iron, steel,
+bronze and sometimes aluminum.</p>
+
+<p>The class of organic materials is classified as to the
+material and the manner in which they are made up.
+Grass, manila and hemp are spun into rope, while
+cotton is spun, braided and knitted. Braided and
+knitted ropes have the distinctive quality of being
+able to transmit torsional stresses such as a flexible
+shaft and are used for this purpose in the patent log-line.
+They are also free from turns, which makes
+them valuable as signal halyards, though by the use
+of small swivels this bad feature on spun rope has been
+overcome for use as signal halyards. When you do
+use cotton, remember it has a great ability for shrinking.
+Therefore, do not haul your halyards taut in
+dry weather and wonder why they parted in the first
+rain-squall.</p>
+
+<p>If spun rope has ruined so many dispositions by the
+diabolical turn which it can foul itself into—why use
+it? Because that very same twist—the cause of so
+much cursing—is the secret of its strength. Rope is
+subjected to a tension or pull along the line of its
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">17</span>longest axis. The thread is made of little fibres which
+are twisted together. The threads are then twisted to
+make yarns or strands and the strands twisted or spun
+into rope or lines. Rope or lines are made up into
+hawsers.</p>
+
+<p>Take a coil spring and pull out the ends. If you
+put power enough on the wire it straightens out. This
+is exactly what happens when you put a strain on a
+rope; the twists or turns try to straighten out, and
+lie in a straight line along the center. But there is yarn
+already in the center, and the coils are pressing in on
+all sides, squeezing it more and more as the load increases.
+Now the reason why the two first fibres
+clung together when they were twisted was that this
+same pressure made the friction between the fibres so
+great that they could not slide by each other. This
+applies to the many hundreds of fibres which make up
+the rope as a whole. So the harder the pull the harder
+the squeeze and the harder it is for them to slip by
+each other. The fact that some pieces of fibre are first
+on the outside and then on the inside makes all get an
+equal share of the squeeze. Why does this not go on
+indefinitely? Because up to a certain load the tendency
+to cling together is greater than the reaction
+from the center, which has to push them apart, but
+when this pressure or reaction becomes greater than
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">18</span>the friction the little fibres begin to slide and the ropes
+part.</p>
+
+<p>The smaller sizes of spun ropes of this organic class
+are designated by the number of threads used to make
+up the rope, such as nine-thread or eighteen-thread line.
+The larger sizes are designated by the number of
+inches of circumference, such as one-inch, three-inch,
+etc. Hawsers are measured by the circumference in
+inches. Spun ropes are three-stranded or four-stranded.
+A three-stranded rope is more flexible than a
+four, but a four has greater surface area for the same
+strength and weight and therefore wears longer.</p>
+
+<p>Hemp rope is harder and less flexible than manila
+and is used for standing rigging, while manila rope is
+used for running rigging.</p>
+
+<p>Grass or coir ropes are used where the rope is submerged
+often, as they do not rot when damp and can
+be stowed wet. They are very elastic and are specially
+used for towing light weights, such as targets in the
+Navy.</p>
+
+<p>Just a few hints about this general class of organic
+ropes:</p>
+
+<p>Always dry these ropes before stowing them to
+prevent rotting.</p>
+
+<p>Protect them from chafing by use of chafing gear
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">19</span>or reversing end for end to bring the wear in different
+places.</p>
+
+<p>Always coil down right-handed or with the sun.</p>
+
+<p>The greater the surface the less the wear on any
+one strand, so use four-stranded for ropes whose particular
+wear is from chafing such as anchor warps, for
+small boats and boat-falls. A small size rope would
+often be strong enough but would chafe through
+quicker.</p>
+
+<p>Metallic or wire ropes are generally either iron,
+steel, bronze or combinations of metal strands spun
+with hemp or manila strands.</p>
+
+<p>Bronze rope is used for tiller ropes because it is
+non-magnetic and it will not rust. This is important,
+as tiller ropes are often in inaccessible places. If it
+does not pass near your compass and it is out where it
+can be easily examined and cared for to prevent rusting,
+a flexible steel tiller rope is cheaper and stronger
+for the same weight and also wears longer.</p>
+
+<p>Galvanized iron wire is used for standing rigging,
+and the rusting in places where turns have broken the
+surface coating, such as around thimbles of an eye
+splice, should be carefully looked for. Most sailors
+think it wiser not to paint wire except for decorative
+purposes. If it is painted be sure to remove all grease
+and water from the surface.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">20</span></p>
+
+<p>Steel rope is used for running rigging because of
+its flexibility and lightness. It is not adapted, however,
+for small boats.</p>
+
+<p>A combination of alternate strands of wire and
+hemp is made into rope known as durable rope, and is
+used particularly for cargo falls and it is more flexible
+and more easily handled.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">21</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="SIMPLE_KNOTS_AND_LOOPS">
+    SIMPLE KNOTS AND LOOPS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>All knots are begun with loops or hitches. These
+may be single or double as required. The simple hitch
+is self-explanatory, as are the underhand and the overhand
+loops. The illustrations explain them clearly.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_021over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_021over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SIMPLE HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+UNDERHAND LOOP
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+OVERHAND LOOP
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Simple Knot</b> begins with one of these loops by
+passing the loose end through the loop and then drawing
+it taut as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_021under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_021under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+SIMPLE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIGURE OF 8 KNOT
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Figure of 8 Knot</b> is known as the perfect knot.
+It is formed by an overhand and an underhand loop
+overlapping each other and the loose end passed
+through the loop. When drawn tight it bears a close
+resemblance to the Arabic numeral 8, hence its name.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">22</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_022over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_022over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc c6">
+DOUBLE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c4">
+NIPPED
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c6">
+TREBLE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c8">
+OPEN
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Double, Treble, Four-Fold, or Six-Fold Knots</b>
+may be called compound knots. They are used often
+when it is necessary to shorten a rope a few inches or
+to increase the size or strength of a holding knot to
+prevent it passing through an eye or a block. These
+knots are made by passing the end of a rope twice,
+three times, or as many times as may be necessary,
+through a loop as shown in the Simple Knot. The
+diagrams show a double knot loosely formed and when
+nipped or drawn taut, and a treble knot in its open
+formation and pulled taut.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_022under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_022under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIVE-FOLD KNOT OPEN
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c6">
+NIPPED
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Five and Six-Fold Knots</b> present handsome
+coils and are useful to travelers who do not wish to cut
+the precious cords of their baggage.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">23</span></p>
+
+<p>From Simple knots the student passes to loops,
+nooses and running knots. The Bight of a rope is the
+loop formed when a rope is bent back on itself. The
+Standing Part is the principal portion or longest part
+of the rope and the end is that part used in forming
+the knot or hitch.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_023over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_023over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+SIMPLE RUNNING KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c12">
+LOOP KNOT
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Simple Running Knot</b> is made by passing a
+hitch instead of the end of a rope when making a simple
+knot. The variations of this knot are numerous.
+When the loose end is knotted with a simple perfect
+or double knot it forms one of the most useful and
+easily made loops.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_023under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_023under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TOMFOOL KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Tomfool Knot</b> is a double loop through a simple
+knot. This knot is also known as the Single Pitcher
+Knot. It is said that this knot has baffled many experts
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">24</span>who profess to be able to break any knot. It is
+made like the running knot. The firm end is then
+passed through the open, simple knot so as to form a
+double loop or bow. If the wrists are passed within
+the loops, the loops then drawn taut and the loose ends
+tied firmly around the central part a pair of very good
+handcuffs is furnished.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_024">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_024.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    LOOP KNOT FOR LARGE CORDAGE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Loop Knot</b> is the ordinary useful loop of everyday
+life and it forms the foundation for many more
+elaborate knots and for shortenings. A more ornamental
+and even stronger loop, which is well adapted
+for large cordage, is made by the figure 8 knot. This
+loop, like the common loop knot, when once made and
+has been subjected to a lengthened strain, is very difficult
+to untie. In this case there is nothing better than
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">25</span>a running knot with a check knot, which is a modification
+of the fisherman’s knot. A simple knot is tied
+over the running line as shown in the figure. After
+use it may be easily drawn apart, the loop slipped and
+the knot untied in very short time.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_025">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_025.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BOWLINE KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">26</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Bowline Knot</b> cannot slip and is therefore always
+used for slinging a man for the purpose of doing
+some particular piece of work; the workman sits in the
+sling. First take the part <b>Z</b> in the right hand with <b>Y</b>
+in the left hand, place <b>Z</b> on <b>Y</b>, and, turning the left
+hand over from you to the left, form a loop and reeve <b>C</b>
+as shown by the dotted line and haul taut.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_026">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_026.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    RUNNING BOWLINE KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Running Bowline</b> is used whenever a running
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">27</span>noose is required. Form a loop with a long end <b>C</b>
+lying underneath the standing part as shown in Fig. 1.
+Now bring end <b>C</b> over part <b>Y</b> and with it form the
+bowline knot on part <b>Z</b> as in the previous case it was
+formed on its own part, when it will appear as in
+Fig. 2.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_027">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_027.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    BOWLINE ON THE BIGHT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Bowline on the Bight</b> is used for lowering a
+man from aloft or slinging a man over the ship’s side.
+Using both parts of the rope together, commence as
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">28</span>in making an ordinary bowline. To finish off, open
+out bight <b>C</b>, taking it in the direction indicated by the
+dotted line, pass the whole knot through it and haul
+taut when it will appear as in Fig. 2.</p>
+
+<p><b>A Simple Clinch</b> is formed by closing up the initial
+loop to form a small ring and securing, by a seizing,
+a small lashing at <b>D</b>.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_028">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_028.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+SIMPLE CLINCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+RUNNING OR INSIDE CLINCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+OUTSIDE CLINCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Running</b> or <b>Inside Clinch</b> is formed by the end of
+a rope on its own standing part and is often used for
+securing buntlines to the foot of a sail.</p>
+
+<p><b>An Outside Clinch</b> is formed in a similar way but
+the end, <b>C</b>, is brought round on top; that is, away from
+the bight.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">29</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Standing Bowline Knot</b> is formed by passing
+the loose end through the lower loop of a figure 8 knot
+and seizing or tying the end with small cord or
+marline.</p>
+
+<p><b>Slip Clinches</b> are very easily made. They are really
+open running knots seized instead of tied.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_029">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_029.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    STANDING BOWLINE AND SLIP CLINCHES SEIZED
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Running Noose</b> is one of the most common and
+useful of running knots used in commerce but it is
+only applicable to small cords. A simple knot is made
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">30</span>on the end of the cord which is then simply knotted
+round.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Crossed Running Knot</b> is useful in packing
+heavy goods as well as a useful anchor fastening.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_030">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_030.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+RUNNING NOOSE
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+CROSSED RUNNING KNOT
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">31</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="KNOTS_FOR_UNITING_ROPES">
+    KNOTS FOR UNITING ROPES
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+<p>The most common knots, those used in everyday
+life, are to unite the ends of two separate pieces of
+cord or rope.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_031over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_031over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    REEF KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Reef Knot</b> is the simplest of all knots and always
+used when a common tie is required. The two
+illustrations show how this knot is made. Having
+constructed the knot as far as Fig. 1, be sure part <b>A</b>
+is kept in front of part <b>B</b> as shown, and the end led
+in according to the direction of the dotted line.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_031under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_031under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 3
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    FALSE OR GRANNY KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">32</span></p>
+
+<p>If the cords be of unequal thickness the knot will
+slip, form a loop and part company, as shown in Fig. 1 above. If the ends
+are not parallel to the rope it becomes the False Knot
+or Granny Knot. Figs. 2 and 3 show the difference.</p>
+
+<p>A better way to fasten two ropes of unequal size
+is to tie or seize the ends (Fig. 1 below) and when this
+is done as shown the square knot or reef can be made
+as usual.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_032over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_032over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc c12">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2   <span style="padding-left:6em;">FIG. 3</span><br>OPEN-HAND KNOT
+</td>
+
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Open-Hand Knot</b> is a good one for joining two
+ropes of unequal diameter. It is very quickly made
+and has the recommendation of never slipping or untying.
+If, however, a great strain is put on the rope
+it is apt to break at the knot. The illustrations above,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">33</span>one showing the open formation (Fig. 2), and the other
+its back view when drawn taut (Fig. 3), explain the
+process of making.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_032under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_032under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 3
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    WEAVER’S KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Weaver’s Knot</b> is very useful in joining small
+cord or twine and is the best for thread. The ends
+are crossed as in Fig. 1 and both cords are held between
+the thumb and forefinger of the left hand. The right
+end, <b>A</b>, is then looped back over the left end and
+brought under the thumb, where it is held fast, while
+the right-hand end, <b>B</b>, is slipped through the loop.
+The knot (Fig. 3) is then formed by tightening the
+right-hand cord. If cord thicker than thread is used,
+the end, <b>B</b>, must be held between the thumb and
+finger of the left hand while the knot is being drawn
+taut, as in Fig. 4 (below).</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_033">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_033.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 4
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 5
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 6
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    FISHERMAN’S KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Fisherman’s</b> or <b>Englishman’s Knot</b> is of quite
+another character. It is formed by two simple knots
+(Fig. 7) slipped over each cord as in Fig. 5, and when
+drawn taut its front appearance is seen in Fig. 6. It
+is used by anglers, as it may be separated by taking
+the ends <b>A</b> and <b>B</b> in Fig. 6 so as to admit a third line.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">34</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_034over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_034over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 7
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 8
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 9
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    ORDINARY KNOT OR TIE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Ordinary Knot</b> or <b>Tie</b> for uniting large ropes
+is shown in Fig. 8. It has all the advantages of the
+open-hand knot, with the additional recommendations
+that it is easy to make, very strong and does not strain
+the fibres of the rope. First make the simple knot
+(Fig. 7) and then interlace the other cord in the manner
+shown in Fig. 8. When drawn taut it has the
+appearance of Fig. 9. If the ends are whipped it is
+really a neat and handsome as well as useful knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_034under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_034under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SHORTENING TIE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Shortening Tie</b> is used when there is too much
+rope and where it is necessary to use a large knot for
+the purpose of preventing its running too far through
+the eye, ring or loop. It is formed by making the
+figure of 8 knot at the end of a rope, then interlacing it
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">35</span>with another rope, and when drawn taut it has the
+appearance of the third diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_035">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_035.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A ROPE YARN KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Rope Yarn Knot</b> is for joining two yarns together
+and is clearly shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">36</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="BENDS_AND_HITCHES">
+    BENDS AND HITCHES
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>It is rather difficult to say where knots end and
+bends begin, because a tie made in a particular way
+and under certain circumstances may be called a knot,
+but differently constructed and under other conditions
+it is called a bend or a hitch. The result is the same
+in each case. A single hitch may be merely a loop
+formed in a rope.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_036">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_036.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+HALF HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+TIMBER HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Half Hitch</b> is used generally in conjunction with
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">37</span>other hitches. Its formation is easily seen from the
+diagram.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Timber Hitch</b> is used to secure the end of a
+rope to a spar, also for bending a rope round light
+cases, bales, etc., when provisioning ships. It is
+formed by making a half hitch with rather a long end
+and expanding the end backwards round its own part.
+It is used also with a half hitch for towing spars, as
+shown in the diagram below.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_037">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_037.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TIMBER HITCH FOR TOWING SPARS
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Crabber’s Eye Knot</b> is not well known but is
+one that is not likely to part when strained. To make
+it bring the end back to form a loop, taking it first
+under and then over the standing part, up through the
+main loop, over the standing bight again and up
+through its own bight. Before the turns are hauled
+into their places, the knot will slip on the part <b>A</b>, as in
+an ordinary knot. If the part <b>B</b> is hauled upon the
+strand, <b>A</b>, which passes through the center knot,
+rises and the coil which goes round it jambs, making
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">38</span>the knot secure so that it may be used as a running
+knot or otherwise, as desired.</p>
+
+<p><b>A Buntline Hitch</b> is commenced as in making an
+outside clinch but instead of putting on a seizing, the
+end is passed over and through the bight, as clearly
+shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_038">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_038.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+CRABBER’S EYE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+BUNTLINE HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Clove Hitch</b> is really a jamming of two half
+hitches and is generally used when a small rope has
+to be secured to a larger one and the end kept free
+for use for further purposes, as in securing ratlines
+to the shrouds, and used also for securing the end of
+butt slings. Its formation can be followed very easily
+in the diagrams.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">39</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_039over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_039over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CLOVE HITCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Roband Hitch</b> is very useful when a tackle,
+hook, ring or another rope is to be fastened to a beam
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">40</span>or spar. This is another simple hitch, clearly illustrated
+in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_039under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_039under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+ROBAND HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SLIPPERY HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Slippery Hitch</b> is valuable because of the ease
+with which it can be cast off in an emergency. It will
+hold securely while there is a strain on the rope.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_040">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_040.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 1
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 2
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    ROLLING HITCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Rolling Hitch</b> is commenced and finished like
+a clove hitch, but, as can be seen from the figures, there
+is an intermediate round turn between the first and
+last hitches. It will be seen that the round turn in
+Fig. 2 is taken around both the standing part, <b>A</b>, and
+the larger rope <b>B</b>. The great value of this hitch is that
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">41</span>it does not slip, and this can be rendered doubly sure by
+backing the end, <b>C</b>, round the part, <b>D</b>, and securing
+the end with a strop. It is used for bending a small
+rope to a larger one, for putting a tail jigger on a rope,
+and for securing hammocks to gantlines.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_041">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_041.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 3
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FIG. 4
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+    ROLLING HITCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Double Blackwall Hitch</b> is made by taking the
+bight of the rope and placing it across the neck of the
+strop of the block, crossing it behind, then placing the
+under part over the hook and crossing the upper part
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">42</span>on top of it. It holds better than the two preceding
+hitches.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Marling Hitch</b> is for lashing up hammocks or
+putting temporary seizing on two ropes or spars. It
+is also used when making swabs.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Midshipman’s Hitch</b> is used at times instead of
+a Blackwall Hitch and it will hold better if the rope is
+at all greasy. It is made by first forming a Blackwall
+hitch and then taking the underneath part and placing
+it over the bill of the hook.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_042">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_042.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE BLACKWALL HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+MARLING HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+MIDSHIPMAN’S HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Killick Hitch</b> is a modification of the timber
+hitch. After making a timber hitch and hauling it
+taut, a single hitch is made and slipped over the end
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">43</span>of a stone. This makes a secure anchor on fishing
+grounds on rocky coasts where an anchor will not hold.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Magnus Hitch</b> is a method of securing a rope
+to a spar. Take the end of the rope twice round a
+spar in front of the standing part, round the spar again
+and then pass it through the last bight.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_043">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_043.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc c8">
+KILLICK HITCH
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+MAGNUS HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Round Turn with Two Half Hitches</b> is used to
+secure a hawser to the ring of a buoy and the rope in
+this case should be parcelled as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Marlinespike Hitch</b> is used for heaving the
+turns of a seizing taut with a marlinespike or hooking
+the hook of tackle to any rope where a small pull is
+required. It is formed by the standing part being
+picked through a loop laid over it, so that the spike
+lays under the standing part and over the sides of
+the loop. Its advantage is that it never jams.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">44</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_044over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_044over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl">
+ROUND TURN WITH<br>
+TWO HALF HITCHES
+</td>
+
+<td class="tdc c8">
+MARLINESPIKE<br>
+HITCH
+</td>
+
+<td class="tdr nw">
+BLACKWALL HITCH
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Blackwall Hitch</b> is used for hooking a tackle
+to a rope and bringing the fall of one jigger to the
+double block of another. It consists of a half hitch,
+and as soon as any strain comes on it the standing
+part, <b>A</b>, jambs the end part, <b>C</b>. By taking another
+round turn at <b>B</b>, before passing <b>C</b> under <b>A</b>, it will hold
+more securely.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_044under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_044under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    STUN’SAIL HALYARD BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">45</span></p>
+
+<p><b>A Stun’sail Halyard Bend</b> is simply a Fisherman’s
+bend with the end backed again over the last round
+and under the first.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_045over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_045over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TOPSAIL HALYARD BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Topsail Halyard Bend</b> is made by bringing the
+rope twice round the spar, back over the standing part,
+under all turns, over two turns and under the last.
+Then jamb all the coils close and haul taut.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_045under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_045under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SHEET BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">46</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Sheet Bend</b>, as its name implies, is the method
+of attaching the sheet to the clew of the sail. It is also
+used for securing boats’ lazy painters to the Jacob’s
+ladders of the lower booms. In making a bend the
+ends of the two ropes are not used simultaneously
+as in forming reef knots, but an eye or loop is first
+formed in the end of one of the ropes as seen in the
+first diagram and the other rope’s end is then rove
+through it in the various ways required. To form a
+Sheet Bend pass the second rope’s end underneath the
+eye at point <b>A</b> and bring up through the loop, then
+form with it a half hitch round <b>C</b> and <b>B</b>. It will hold
+still better and is less likely to jamb, if the end is
+passed round again as in the third diagram. This is
+called a Double Sheet Bend.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_046">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_046.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FISHERMAN’S BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">47</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Fisherman’s Bend</b> is formed by taking two
+round turns around the object to which the rope is to
+be secured and then backing the end round in the form
+of a half hitch under both the standing part and the
+second round turn. The end may be further secured
+by taking a half hitch around its own part or by stopping
+it to it. The dotted line in the first diagram shows
+the direction the end <b>C</b> must take. This bend is used
+for bending a hawser to the ring of an anchor or a
+rope’s end to a bucket.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_047over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_047over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SIMPLE HAWSER BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Hawser Bend</b> is so easy as to be constantly
+used when only a temporary purpose has to be served.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_047under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_047under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BOWLINE BEND (UPPER)   <span style="padding-left:4em;">HALF HITCH AND SEIZING BEND</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">48</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Bowline Bend</b> is the strongest of all knotted
+hawsers. It is formed of two Bowline knots, one crossing
+the loop of the other as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Half Hitch and Seizing Bend</b> is used on hawsers
+which are to be joined for a long period. Its formation
+is shown in the illustration clearly.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_048">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_048.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CARRICK BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Carrick Bend</b> is for bending two hawsers together
+when required to go around a capstan. First
+form with hawser No. 1 a loop as in the upper diagram.
+Pass the second hawser under the first at <b>A</b>, bring up
+through the eye <b>B</b>, back it over the cross at <b>C</b> and
+bring up again towards you through the eye <b>B</b>, and
+then stop the ends of each hawser to their own respective
+parts as shown in the lower diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_049over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_049over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DOUBLE CARRICK BEND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Double Carrick Bend</b> is formed in precisely the
+same way, but a complete round turn is taken around
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">49</span>the cross of the first hawser and then led up again
+through the eye and finished off.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_049under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_049under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CHAIN HITCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Chain Hitch</b> is used to attach a small rope to
+aid in pulling a larger. When it is necessary to use
+a lever as a handspike the fastening in the lower diagram
+is used. First a clove hitch is formed to the
+spar and as many single hitches as required are then
+made. It may be finished off with any secure knot.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">50</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="KNOTS_FORMED_ON_ROPES_BY">
+    KNOTS FORMED ON ROPES BY
+    THEIR OWN STRANDS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>If ropes, hawsers or cables are left with their ends
+unguarded, they are sure to become untwisted or otherwise
+unmanageable. The same is true in a lesser degree
+of lanyards and smaller ropes. These can easily
+be secured with a fine whipping and the smaller yarns
+and threads by a single overhand or other knot. The
+ends of ropes at sea are variously treated. In some
+instances they are finely tapered to a point, to pass
+easily through a block or ring. While some of these
+knots for guarding the rope ends may seem fanciful
+they are by no means merely ornamental and many of
+them play important parts in the standing rigging of a
+ship.</p>
+
+<p>At first glance some of these knots may appear to
+be very intricate and difficult to make. They are not
+as difficult as their pictures would seem to indicate
+and a little thoughtful study, carefully following the explanatory
+diagrams, will smooth away all troubles.</p>
+
+<p><b>To Whip a Rope</b> first lay the end of a length of
+twine along the end of the rope, and then, commencing
+at the part furthest from the rope’s end take a half
+dozen or more turns around both the rope and the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">51</span>twine, as shown in the first diagram. Then lay the
+twine in the form of a loop along the rope and over
+the turns already taken as seen in the second diagram.
+To finish off take that portion of the loop designated
+<b>A</b>, and continue taking turns tightly round the rope
+and part <b>B</b> of the twine until the loop is all used up.
+Pull through the remainder snugly by part <b>C</b> and cut
+off short when no end of twine will be visible as in
+the third diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_051">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_051.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    WHIPPING A ROPE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Palm and Needle Whipping</b> is a permanent way
+of securing a rope’s end from fraying and better than
+the whipping put on by hand. First place the needle
+under one of the strands and draw nearly the whole
+length of twine through. Take a number of turns
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">52</span>round the rope with the twine, drawing each well taut
+in turn, and finish up by following round with the
+needle between each strand, forming a series of wrappings,
+and cut off the end of the twine.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_052">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_052.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    PALM AND NEEDLE WHIPPING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>To point a rope</b> first put on a stop at two and one-half
+times the circumference of the rope from the
+end, which will leave about the length for pointing.
+Unlay the rope to the stop, then unlay the strands,
+split a number of the outside yarns and make a nettle
+out of each yarn. A nettle is made by laying up the
+yarns with the finger and thumb left-handed. When
+the nettles are made up stop them back on the standing
+part of the rope. Then with the rest of the yarns,
+form the point by scraping them down to a proper
+size with a knife and marl them down together with
+twine. Divide the nettles, taking every other one up
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">53</span>and every other one down. Pass three turns with a
+piece of twine which is called the warp very taut round
+the part where the nettles separate taking a hitch
+with the last turn. Repeat this process by placing
+every alternate nettle up or down, passing the warp
+or filling, taking a hitch each time until the point is
+to its required length. You may either form a bight
+with the last lay by passing the warp through the
+bights, haul them taut, and cut them off, or, work
+a becket in the end by taking a small piece of rope one-fourth
+the size of the rope, form a bight, unlay the
+ends, and twist the six strands up again by two taking
+some of the inside yarns and lay them up as the rope,
+then short splice that and the becket together and
+marl it down.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_053">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_053.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    POINTING A ROPE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">54</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Wall Knot</b> is used for finishing off seizings
+forming a shroud knot. It is also used on the end of a
+rope to prevent it unreeving. To form a wall knot
+first unlay the rope so that the strands appear as in
+the first diagram below.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_054">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_054.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    WALL KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Holding the rope with the left hand, with the right
+lead strand <b>A</b> in the direction indicated, viz., under
+strand <b>B</b> and up between strands <b>B</b> and <b>C</b> as in the
+second diagram.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">55</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_055">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_055.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    WALL KNOT IN MAKING AND FINISHED
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Then with strand <b>B</b> form a similar loop, enclosing
+strands <b>A</b> and <b>C</b> and bringing the end of strand <b>B</b> up
+between <b>A</b> and <b>D</b> as in the first diagram above.</p>
+
+<p>Now with strand <b>C</b> form a similar loop enclosing
+strands <b>B</b> and <b>A</b> by leading the end of strand <b>C</b> up
+through the loop <b>E</b> in strand <b>A</b> as in the second
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">56</span>diagram. Finally work all parts well taut, whip the
+ends of the strands together and cut off short, at the
+bottom diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_056">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_056.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CROWNING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Double Wall Knot</b> is formed by making the
+single wall knot first and not hauling it taut. Then
+take one end and bring it underneath the part of the
+first walling next to it and push it up through the
+same bight. Do the same with the other strands,
+pushing them up and through two bights. If made
+this way it will have a double and a single crown. A
+double wall double crowned is a continuation of the
+double wall. The strands are laid by the side of
+those of the single crown and pushed through the same
+bight in the single crown and down through the double
+walling as shown in the illustration. The middle
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">57</span>figure shows one method of finishing a single wall by
+cutting off the strands and tying them with twine.
+The double crowned wall knot may be finished by a
+Lark’s Nest by interlacing the loose strands one within
+another by a requisite number of turns over the pudding.
+This forms a knot at the end of the rope.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_057">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_057.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+CROWN KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+MANROPE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc c6">
+STOPPER<br>KNOT
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Crown Knot</b> or crowning forms the basis of
+other knots. To make a crown pass the bights of the
+first and second strands over the second and third
+strands respectively, dip the end of the third down
+through the bight of the first and work the knot into
+shape. Its construction can be followed very easily
+in the diagram. Double crowning is done by following
+round each strand again alongside the first lead.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">58</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Manrope Knot</b> is used for securing the upper
+ends of the gangway manropes. It is made by first
+forming a wall and then crowning it as in the first
+diagram. Then follow round the wall again and
+lastly follow round the crown, when the finished knot
+will appear as in the second diagram.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Stopper Knot</b> is used in the ends of stoppers
+and is made by forming a wall and half a wall, putting
+on a good whipping about two or three inches from
+the knot and cut off the ends.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_058">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_058.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TURK’S HEAD KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Turk’s Head Knot</b> is worked upon a rope with
+a piece of small line. Take a clove hitch slack with
+the rope with the line round the rope. Then take one
+of the bights formed by the clove hitch and put it over
+the other, pass the end under, and up, through the bight
+which is underneath. Then cross the bights again
+and put the end round again, under, and up, through
+the bight which is underneath. After this follow the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">59</span>lead and it will make a turban of three parts to each
+cross.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_059">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_059.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SINGLE MATTHEW WALKER KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Single Matthew Walker Knot</b> is used for securing
+the standing part of a rope or making beckets for
+buckets, etc. To make this knot begin as for the wall
+knot but pass the first strand <b>A</b> under both <b>B</b> and <b>C</b>
+as shown in the first diagram. Then pass <b>B</b> under
+both strands <b>C</b> and <b>A</b>, and bring up through the first
+loop formed by <b>A</b>, shown in the second diagram.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">60</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_060">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_060.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    THIRD PROCESS OF MATTHEW WALKER KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Similarly pass <b>C</b> under <b>A</b> and <b>B</b> and bring up
+through the loops first formed by <b>A</b> and <b>B</b> as seen
+in the third diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_061">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_061.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DOUBLE MATTHEW WALKER OPEN AND TAUT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Double Matthew Walker</b> is easily made when
+one notices the difference between a single Matthew
+Walker and a wall knot. In the wall knot each strand
+is simply interlaced with the strand immediately on
+its right coming up through the loop formed by the
+second strand. In the single Matthew Walker each
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">61</span>strand interlaces the two strands to its right coming
+up through the loop of the third strand. Another
+evolution in the same order gives the double Matthew
+Walker. It is formed as will be seen in the diagram
+by making each strand contain its own loop, the other
+two strands and its own end, that is, each strand leads
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">62</span>up through its own bight after interlacing the other
+two.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_062">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_062.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SINGLE DIAMOND KNOT MAKING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Single Diamond Knot</b> is made some distance
+from the end of a rope. It is therefore necessary to
+unlay the rope considerably more than is required in
+the preceding knots and as the strands will have to
+be laid up again, try to preserve the original lay in
+the strands as much as possible. Now bring each of
+the three strands down alongside the standing part
+of the rope, thus forming three bights, and hold them
+thus with the left hand. Take the first strand <b>A</b> as
+shown in the diagram and putting it over the next,
+<b>B</b>, bring it up through the bight of the third strand, <b>C</b>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">63</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_063over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_063over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DIAMOND KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Take the end of the second strand over the third
+and up through the bight of the first. The last strand
+is brought over the first and up through the bight of
+the second. Haul taut and lay the rope up again.
+The first diagram above shows the loops in their places
+with the ends through them before they are hauled
+taut and the second diagram shows the completed knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_063under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_063under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DOUBLE DIAMOND KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">64</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Double Diamond Knot</b> is made first like the
+single diamond and then the ends are made to follow
+the lead of the single knot through two single bights,
+the ends coming out on top of the knot. The last
+strand passes through two double bights. The ends
+are then hauled taut and laid up as for the manrope
+knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_064">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_064.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SHROUD KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Shroud Knot</b> is of use in joining two ropes
+together, particularly in joining a stay or shroud that
+has been carried away. Each rope is unlaid the necessary
+length and they are then brought close together.
+A wall knot is formed on each rope with the strands
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">65</span>of the other as seen in the first diagram. The completed
+knot is seen in the second diagram but to make
+a neat job the ends should be marled and served as
+in the third diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_065">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_065.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SNAKING AND SEIZING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Snaking</b> or <b>Seizing</b> is done by taking the end under
+and over the outer turns of the seizing alternately,
+passing over the whole. The whole may be whipped
+also with small twine. The ends of a four-stranded
+rope may be thus secured. The end is first whipped
+as shown at <b>A</b> in the diagram. The four strands are
+then opened out. They are then brought down over
+the end in loops and the strands tied together, as in
+the second diagram, or they may be simply brought
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">66</span>down and bound to the cable with twine, as shown in
+the third diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_066">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_066.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SPRITSAIL SHEET KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Spritsail Sheet Knot</b> is made by unlaying both
+ends of a rope and bringing the two standing parts
+together as in the first diagram. Grasp both parts of
+the rope at <b>A</b>, with the six strands form a wall knot,
+that is, by passing 1 under 2, 2 under 3, 3 under 4, 4
+under 5, 5 under 6 and 6 under the loop formed by 1.
+Now lay any opposite two of the strands across the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">67</span>top in an opposite direction and crown by passing the
+other four, each in turn, alternately over and under
+these two. Each of the six strands will then come
+out leading in a downward direction alongside the
+strands forming the first walling. Now follow round
+the walling again, when the strands will come through
+in an upward direction, each alongside a strand of the
+first crowning. Follow through the crowning once
+more and cut off the short ends, when a handsome and
+useful stopper knot will result as in the second diagram.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">68</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="SHORTENINGS">
+    SHORTENINGS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Shortenings are, as the term implies, knots that
+take up the surplus cord and keep the ends from being
+in the way. A piece of rope or cord is often too
+long and to cut it would be waste, so a shortening
+knot is used. Sometimes the tie, four, five or six-fold
+knots are used for this purpose.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_068">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_068.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SINGLE PLAIT OR CHAIN KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Single Plait</b>, or as the sailor terms it, the
+Chain Knot, is the commonest of all these knots. First
+make a running loop and then draw the loose end
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">69</span>through the loop and repeat this operation until all
+excess of cord has been taken up. The end may be
+secured by bringing the end of the rope through the
+loop or by passing a belaying pin through the loop.
+These two methods are illustrated in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_069">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_069.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TWIST KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Twist Knot</b> is an ordinary three plait, although
+it is formed with one piece of rope. It is more useful
+than when formed of three separate pieces, for the
+ends are fastened and it cannot come undone. To
+make this twist hold the double loop in the left hand;
+the side <b>A</b> is then brought over to <b>B</b>, with a half
+turn <b>B</b> is crossed over to <b>A</b> and the process of an
+ordinary three plait is continued until the end of the
+rope is reached, when the loose end is passed through
+the bight and the knot is fastened and completed.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_070over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_070over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DOUBLE CHAIN KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Double Chain Knot</b> is very easily made, if the
+first loop is made secure by a twist in the rope as
+shown in the diagram, and then pass the loose end
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">70</span>through the preceding loop right and left until the
+knot is finished.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_070under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_070under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SHEEP SHANK OR DOG SHANK
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">71</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Sheep Shank</b>, or <b>Dog Shank</b> as it is sometimes
+called, is an old-fashioned method of shortening a
+rope and can be used on any sized cordage. It is
+used for shortening a rope which requires lengthening
+again. Gather up the amount to be shortened in
+the form of the upper illustration. Then with parts
+<b>A</b> and <b>B</b> form a half hitch round the two parts of the
+bight as in the second figure.</p>
+
+<p>To render it still more dependable the bights <b>A</b> and
+<b>B</b> may be seized or toggled to the standing parts as
+in the third and fourth figures.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_071ovewr">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_071ovewr.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BEND SHORTENING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Bend Shortening</b> or <b>Simple Loop</b> is a plain, useful
+expedient for stout rope and has the merit of not injuring
+the ropes by an unnecessary strain, or crossing
+the fibres of the hemp. It will not, however,
+stand any great strain.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_071under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_071under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BOW SHORTENING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">72</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Bow</b> or <b>Knot Shortening</b> is very quickly made.
+It is simply an ordinary knot in the middle of a rope
+in which a double bend has previously been made. It
+is not adapted to heavy ropes nor will it stand a heavy
+strain.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_072">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_072.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CATSPAW
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Catspaw</b> is one of the easiest made loops to be
+used for hooking on the block of a tackle or shortening
+up a bale sling stop. First throw back a bight as
+shown in the first diagram. Then taking hold of <b>A</b>
+and <b>B</b>, one in each hand, twist them up as in the second
+diagram. Bring the two eyes <b>A</b> and <b>B</b> together and
+hook in the tackle.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">73</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="TIES">
+    TIES
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>When the many varieties of knots and ties are
+analyzed it will be found that ties used in trades are
+all taken first from the mariner. The sailor learned
+to fasten ropes so that they were able to take up all
+strains evenly and to hold without chafing or without
+any undue strain being put on any one part of the
+rope. Consequently when builders erect scaffolding
+they use the ties and knots long known at sea. The
+Clove Hitch is also known as the Builder’s Knot because
+it is used to hold the scaffolding. The Clove
+Hitch is used by surgeons in cases of dislocation.
+The Reef Knot is also used by surgeons to tie arteries
+when performing operations. So it is with many other
+knots and because of their uses for other than nautical
+work they have often received other names.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_073">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_073.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SIMPLE KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">74</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Simple Knot</b> is the foundation for many ties.
+In the illustration this knot is seen made around a mast
+or other solid substance. This simple knot can at
+once become a clove hitch or the builder’s knot which
+is illustrated on <a href="#Page_39">page 39</a>.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_074">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_074.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE BUILDER’S KNOT<br>SINGLE BOW KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE BOW KNOT<br>SINGLE TWIST KNOT
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Double Builder’s Knot</b> is shown in the diagram
+above, upper left. It is made in the same way as the
+clove hitch or builder’s knot except that the end goes
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">75</span>around again as before and underneath its own part
+so making it much stronger.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Single Bow Knot</b> is one of the most common
+of the knots in general use. It is commenced with
+the simple knot and made by doubling one of the
+loose ends as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Double Bow Knot</b> or rosette knot is begun
+in the same way. Care must be taken to keep the
+simple knot taut until the bow knot is completed.
+The ends must lie straight as in the reef knot or it
+will become the false knot.</p>
+
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">76</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Double Twist Knot</b> is useful when small cords
+are used and tightness is required. The diagram below,
+upper left, shows how it is made.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Tent Pole Knot</b>, below, lower left,
+is one that can be used to advantage by all who have
+to occupy tents or to travel much. It is a simple loop
+made by joining the two ends of a rope with a fisherman’s
+knot. This admits a short cross-bar or wooden
+pin and it will enable the traveler to suspend clothes
+or other articles around a tent pole. The cord may
+also be used for a toggle when two pieces of wood
+have to be joined together.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_075">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_075.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE TWIST KNOT<br>
+TENT POLE KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+RUNNING KNOT<br>
+RUNNING KNOT CHECKED
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">77</span></p>
+
+<p><b>A Running Knot</b> with two ends is used when it is
+inconvenient to divide the rope. Unless the ends are
+at liberty it could not be used round a mast, but it
+can be easily slipped round a pier.</p>
+
+<p>This knot is frequently checked by a bow as shown
+in the diagram above, lower right.</p>
+
+<p>It is sometimes checked by a Flemish Knot or by
+a Check Knot. These two knots cannot be tied unless
+the ends are loose. They cannot be untied without
+assistance from a marlinespike or some similar contrivance.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_076">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_076.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    RUNNING KNOT CHECKED BY A FLEMISH KNOT (LEFT)
+    AND BY A CHECK KNOT (RIGHT)
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">78</span>
+
+<p><b>The Stationer’s Knot</b> is handy for tying a parcel
+as it can be made rapidly and undone with ease.
+Make a running noose at the end of a piece of twine
+and bring it to the center of the parcel. Take the
+twine round the parcel at right angles, round the noose
+and making a bight slip it under as illustrated. A
+pull at the end releases the knot instantly.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_077">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_077.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    STATIONER’S KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">79</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="PURCHASES_AND_SLINGS">
+    PURCHASES AND SLINGS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Single Whip</b>—rope rove through a single block
+fixed in any position. It is used for light work. No
+power is gained.</p>
+
+<p><b>Double Whip</b>—rope rove through two single blocks—upper
+block a tail block, lower one movable hook
+block. The standing part of the fall is secured close
+to the tail block. The power gained is double.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_079">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_079.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+SINGLE WHIP
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE WHIP
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+RUNNER
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+GUN TACKLE
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">80</span></p>
+
+<p><b>Runner</b>—a piece of rope rove through a single
+block with a standing eye in one end and pointed at the
+other. The power gained is double.</p>
+
+<p><b>Gun Tackle</b>—two single blocks. Power gained—twice
+or three times according to which is the movable
+block.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_080">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_080.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc nw">
+HANDY BILLY<br>OR JIGGER
+</td>
+<td class="tdc nw">
+WATCH OR<br> LUFF TACKLE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE<br>LUFF
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+THREE-FOLD<br>PURCHASE
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Jigger</b>—a small tackle for general use; a double
+block with a tail called a jigger and a single block
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">81</span>with a hook. The standing part of the fall is spliced
+into the strop of the single block. Power gained—three
+or four times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Handy Billy</b> is a small tackle for general use.</p>
+
+<p><b>Up and Down Tackle</b>—a double and single block.
+The double block is fitted with a thimble, the single
+block is a hook block, fitted with a long strop. The
+standing part of the fall is spliced in the strop of the
+single block. Power gained—three times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Luff Tackle</b>—two hook blocks, one double and one
+single. The standing part of the fall of this tackle is
+spliced into a strop of the single block. It is sometimes
+rove through a becket in the single block and
+secured by being spliced round the strop at the neck
+of it. Power gained—three or four times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Double Luff Tackle</b>—two double blocks.</p>
+
+<p><b>Three-fold Purchase</b>—two three-fold blocks. Power
+gained—six or seven times.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_082">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_082.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+FOUR-FOLD<br>PURCHASE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SINGLE<br>SPANISH<br>BURTON
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+DOUBLE SPANISH BURTON
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Four-fold Purchase</b>—two four-fold blocks. Power
+gained—eight times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Single Spanish Burton</b>—two blocks and a hook.
+Power gained—three times. It is not in general use.</p>
+
+<p><b>Burton</b>—a double hook block and a single hook
+block, fitted with a long strop, the standing part being
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">82</span>spliced round the strop and hook of the single block.
+Power gained—three times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Runner and Tackle</b>—consists of three blocks, one
+double and two single. One of the single blocks is
+fitted with a thimble, as a lashing or shackling block,
+through which the runner is rove. The double block
+of the tackle is turned in one end of the runner. The
+standing part of the tackle is spliced in the seat of the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">83</span>single block which is fitted with a long strop and hook.
+Power gained—eight times.</p>
+
+<p><b>Double Spanish Burton</b>—There are two forms of
+this purchase. One by using three single blocks and
+the other by using one double and two single blocks.
+Power gained—five times.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_083">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_083.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SPANISH WINDLASS
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Spanish Windlass</b>—To rig a Spanish windlass
+take a good strand well greased in the center. Place
+the strand over the two parts of the rope that are to
+be hove together and bringing the ends of the strand
+up again, place a bolt close to the strand. Take the
+ends of the strand and lay them up with their own
+parts so as to form two eyes. Take a round turn with
+this round the bolt, put a marlinespike in each eye
+and heave around.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">84</span></p>
+
+<p><b>A Parbuckle</b> is used for hauling up or lowering
+down a cask, or any cylindrical object where there is no
+crane or tackle. Middle the rope to be used for the
+parbuckle, place the bight over a post or pin as most
+convenient; the two ends are then passed under
+the two quarters of the cask, bring the ends back
+again over it and they both being hauled taut or
+slackened together either raise or lower the cask as
+may be required. Care must be taken to keep an equal
+strain on both parts to prevent the cask slipping out.</p>
+
+<p>There are several methods of slinging a cask, viz.,
+with butt slings, bale slings and head up, also by means
+of can hooks.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_084">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_084.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+PARBUCKLE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+BUTT SLINGS
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+BALE SLINGS
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+CAN HOOKS
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Butt Sling</b> is a single piece of rope fitted with an
+eye splice in one end and the other end pointed or
+whipped. To sling the cask, the cask is placed on its
+bilge bung up; reeve the end of the sling through the
+eye splice and place the loop thus formed over one
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">85</span>end of the cask between the first and second hoops and
+haul well taut, the eye splice being in line with the
+bungs; then take the end of the sling round the other
+end of the cask between the first and second hoops
+and clove-hitch it to its own part in line with the
+bung.</p>
+
+<p><b>A Bale Sling</b> is a single piece of rope short spliced
+together. To sling a cask, the cask is placed on its
+bilge bung up, the slings passed underneath both ends
+of the cask between the first and second hoops; the
+bights are then taken over the cask, and one bight
+passed through the other, taking care the cross is in
+line with the bung.</p>
+
+<p><b>Can Hooks</b> are used for breaking off a cask, that is
+for lifting out the first cask of a tier where there is
+not room to put on a butt or bale sling. Casks are
+never hoisted up with can hooks.</p>
+
+<p><b>To pass a life line</b> dip the end under the slings and
+over the davit and take two or three turns round all
+parts and hold on to the end.</p>
+
+<p>To pass a life line for a “full due” proceed as above
+but substitute half hitches for round turns and tuck
+the end in.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">86</span></p>
+
+<p><b>To sling a cask</b> head up the cask is placed on its
+end, pass a rope under the bottom fairly in the center,
+then form an overhand knot with both ends of the
+rope on the top of the cask, open the knot out and
+place bights over the head between the first and second
+loops, haul them well taut, then reef-knot both ends
+together on top.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe8" id="i_086">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_086.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SLING A CASK ON END
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Stropper</b> is used for securing a rope while it is
+being belayed. Take the stropper in the left hand,
+make a half hitch against the lay, dog the end with the
+lay of the rope and seize it. With left-handed rope
+the end of the stropper should be passed under the
+rope from left to right. To put a strop on a hemp
+rope, center the bight of the strop and place it over the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">87</span>rope, then dog the ends opposite ways under and over,
+and hook on the tackle to both bights.</p>
+
+<p><b>To put a strop on a Spar</b> use the ordinary bale sling
+strop.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_087">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_087.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+TO PAN A<br>STROPPER
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+TO PUT A STROP ON A SPAR
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+TAIL JIGGER
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Tail Jigger</b> is similar to a stropper but with an
+additional turn. To put on a tail jigger take the first
+two parts of a rolling hitch, dog the end with the lay
+and seize it.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">88</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="FASTENINGS_MOORINGS_AND">
+    FASTENINGS, MOORINGS AND
+    RING KNOTS
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>A landsman is always fascinated by the ease with
+which the sailor will handle big ropes and the way in
+which he will warp a vessel in or out of a dock or
+moor it to a pier by the simple twisting of the cable
+round a post or cleat which are on the vessels themselves
+or on the pier-head.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Simple Stoppered Loop</b> is familiar to all and
+when the end of the rope can be constantly used no
+other fastening is required.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_088">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_088.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+LARK’S HEAD
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SIMPLE STOPPERED LOOP
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">89</span></p>
+
+<p><b>A Lark’s Head</b> can easily be made over a post when
+there is a running noose or knot. This is clearly
+shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_089">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_089.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+WATERMAN’S KNOT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+TWISTED ROPE FASTENING
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Waterman’s Knot</b> is used when the end of the
+rope is not stoppered or when the middle of the rope
+must be used. This is similar to the clove hitch. It
+can very quickly be made by placing two loops on
+the rope as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<p>The holding power of a twisted rope is illustrated
+clearly in the diagram to the right of the Waterman’s
+Knot.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">90</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_090over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_090over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TWO LOOPS OF A WATERMAN’S KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Chain Fastening</b> is of a more permanent
+character, and is used when a vessel is to be moored
+for any length of time.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_090under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_090under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CHAIN FASTENING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">91</span></p>
+
+<p>Square moorings or sheaves are occasionally used
+for the mooring of vessels. In these instances the
+fastenings vary. The diagram shows a double fastening
+to sheaves.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_091">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_091.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DOUBLE CHAIN FASTENING TO SHEAVES
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A loop fastening to sheaves</b> may be tied or untied
+without untying the loop itself. It is made by passing
+the loops, <b>A</b>, <b>B</b>, <b>C</b>, <b>D</b>, and <b>E</b> as shown and then placing
+the loop <b>F</b> over the head of the right-hand post of the
+sheaves. When slackened the loop of the cable <b>F</b> will
+again slip over the head of the post and the turns and
+then reversed. There is a more simple fastening by
+wrapping the cable round the angle of the sheaves.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">92</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_092over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_092over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    LOOP FASTENING TO SHEAVES
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The crossed and square fastenings</b> as shown in the
+diagrams need no explanation. The ends are secured
+by being stoppered to the cable.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_092under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_092under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CROSSED AND SQUARE FASTENING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">93</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_093over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_093over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SQUARE FASTENING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>To secure a rope round a cleat first take a round
+turn, then a figure of 8 knot is made round the cleat
+pin and repeated twice. On no account should a half
+hitch be made over the pin or cleat afterwards. The
+main object is to insure that the rope will not jamb.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_093under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_093under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TO SECURE A ROPE ROUND A BELAYING PIN OR ROUND A CLEAT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">94</span></p>
+
+<p>A study of the many knots used for fastenings or
+moorings show that they are only practical applications
+of many of the knots, bends or hitches that have
+already been illustrated in preceding chapters of this
+book.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_094">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_094.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FIGS. 1 to 6
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Sailor’s Knot</b> is a very simple mooring knot for
+the painter of a small boat. It is shown on Figs. 1 and
+2. This knot shows one line straight while the end is
+twisted round in two hitches.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Slippery Ring Knot</b> is shown in Fig. 3. It can
+be cast off at any moment. Fig. 4 shows the same
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">95</span>knot but it is made permanent by being stoppered as
+seen in Fig. 4. The slippery ring knot has one turn
+in the ring.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Simple Boat Knot</b>, Fig. 5, has an advantage for
+rapidity of unmooring. It is made with only one turn
+in the ring. The loose end is left longer than in the
+diagram but as it sometimes catches in the ring it is
+not very popular with sailors.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Lark Boat Knot</b>, Fig. 6, is really a double boat
+knot. It differs from the boat knot in that a bight
+instead of a single end of rope is put through the ring
+and a thole used to fasten it.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">96</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_095">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_095.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FIGS. 7 to 12
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Boat Knot</b>, Fig. 7, is made in the same way
+as the marlinespike hitch, the only difference being
+that a thole pin or other small piece of wood is put
+through the center of the knot instead of a marlinespike.
+By withdrawing the pin the knot comes adrift
+of its own accord.</p>
+
+<p><b>Simple and Crossed Running Knots</b> are shown in
+Figs. 8 and 9. The simple fastening, Fig. 8, is not so
+secure, but chafes less than the crossed running knot,
+Fig. 9.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Capstan Knot</b>, Fig. 10, is an application of the
+figure of 8 knot. To make this cross the end of the
+rope after it is through the ring, bring it round the
+standing part, through the first bight and through its
+own bight.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Lark’s Head Knot</b>, Fig. 11, is somewhat like
+the lark boat knot but instead of the ends being
+brought down outside the bight after being passed
+through the ring, they are put through it. This is seen
+in the ring part of Fig. 11. The whole illustration
+shows a Lark’s Head stoppered.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Lark’s Head Stoppered</b> may be made by passing
+a bight through the ring and drawing the two parts
+of the rope through the bight. Where this is not practical
+by reason of one end of the rope being fast, the
+end may be passed up through the ring behind the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">97</span>standing part and drawn down through the right and
+bight again. Sometimes instead of being stoppered
+with an overhand knot as seen in Fig. 11 the end is
+seized to the standing part with twine, as shown in
+Fig. 12.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_097">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_097.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FIGS. 13 to 18
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Lark’s Head with Crossed Ends</b> in Fig. 13 is
+made in the same way as the Lark’s head except that
+the end comes over instead of through the bight. If
+the standing part is taken in one hand and the end in
+the other and drawn apart this knot is the clove hitch
+or builder’s knot.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">98</span></p>
+
+<p><b>The Double Lark’s Head</b>, Fig. 14, is easily followed
+in the diagram. A bight is first made and the ends
+passed through it, the ends are then put through the
+ring and through the loop already made and hauled
+taut.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Treble Lark’s Head</b>, Fig. 15, is not as difficult
+as it appears in the diagram. First bring the bight of
+the rope up through the ring, then take one of the
+ends and pass it through the bight and up through the
+ring. Then put it down through its own bight. Do
+the same with the other part and the knot is formed.</p>
+
+<p><b>Back-Handed Sailors’ Knots</b> are shown in Figs. 16
+and 17. This knot is made by passing an end through
+the ring round at the back of the standing part and
+through the ring again, finishing with two half hitches
+round the standing part.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_098">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_098.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A SLIP KNOT STOPPERED
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Slip Knots</b> stoppered as shown in Fig. 18 and above
+are easily made and the diagrams show their formation
+clearly.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">99</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_099over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_099over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SLIP KNOT AND SLIP CLINCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Slip Knot secured by a slip clinch</b> is another simple
+knot and easily followed in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_099under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_099under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    GUNNER’S OR DELAY KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Gunner’s Knot</b> is simply a carrick bend made
+with the two ends of a rope after it has been passed
+through two rings. This is sometimes called a delay
+knot.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">100</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_100over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_100over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    LEAD LINE AND LEAD
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Securing Lead Line to Lead.</b>—The lead is fitted
+with a good wire grommet parcelled over. The lead
+line should have a long eye spliced in it and is secured
+by passing the eye through the grommet and over the
+lead.</p>
+
+<p><b>Hawsers</b> are bent together by two half hitches and
+seizing the ends in addition to methods already explained.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_100under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_100under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+BEND HAWSERS
+</td>
+<td class="tdc nw c8">
+MOUSING A HOOK
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Mousing a hook</b> is to prevent a chain or rope from
+slipping off or to prevent it becoming unhooked. A
+few turns of a rope yarn are passed round the ends
+of the hook and the standing part, the ends are brought
+round the middle a few times and fastened with a reef
+knot.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">101</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="LASHINGS_SEIZINGS_ETC">
+    LASHINGS, SEIZINGS, ETC.
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>A practical knowledge of the proper way to lash a
+rope is necessary to anyone who has anything to do
+with a vessel no matter what its character. Occasions
+constantly occur on sea and on land, in fair
+weather and foul, to unite ropes on the bight or that
+are fitted with eyes or with other loops.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_101">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_101.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    RUNNING KNOT IN THE EYE OF A ROPE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Running knot fastened in the eye of a rope</b> is the
+simplest of these knots. The diagram shows how this
+is made.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_102over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_102over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    DEAD-EYE LASHING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Dead-Eye Lashing</b> is one of frequent use on
+board full-rigged ships. It admits of easy adjustment
+to the strain of the ropes. The ram blocks are fastened
+in the eyes, which are made by simple lashings and
+tightened by the lanyards, <b>A</b>, <b>A</b>, which pass through
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">102</span>holes on the dead-eye, so as to tighten or slacken the
+rope at will. The ends of the lanyard are fastened to
+the main rope.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_102under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_102under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BELAYING-PIN SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Belaying-Pin Splice</b> as shown in the diagram
+really illustrates three methods of joining cordage.
+The belaying pin is marked <b>A</b>. It is stoppered on the
+end of the rope and served with yarn, passed through
+the eye of the rope and at the other end a loop is
+formed. Through this loop or bend a button secured
+to the rope, <b>B</b>, by a single knot is passed, and the
+double junction is complete.</p>
+
+<p><b>The Wedding Knot</b> or <b>Rose Lashing</b> is one to join
+two rope ends both having eyes. The lashing is passed
+successively through both eyes and then tied in the
+center.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">103</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_103_a">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_103_a.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    WEDDING KNOT (UPPER)    <span style="padding-left:4em;">SHELL LASHING</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Shell Lashing</b> is made by looping two ends of
+rope around a spherical shell and seizing the end to the
+standing parts.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_103_b">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_103_b.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A CROSS LASHING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Cross Lashing</b> is used when a lever is used to a
+rope. After several turns round the rope, the lashing
+is crossed round the lever and fastened with a reef knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_103_c">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_103_c.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    PORTUGUESE KNOT OR NECKLACE TIE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Portuguese Knot</b> or <b>Necklace Tie</b> is made by
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">104</span>taking several turns round the spars to be joined, then
+two turns round the lashings and secured with a reef
+knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_104over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_104over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    NIPPERING OR PACKING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Nippering</b> or <b>Packing</b> is a method for securing two
+ropes together with cross turns. These are hauled
+taut and further secured by round turns over all after
+the ropes have been jammed together. The ends are
+fastened with a reef knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_104under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_104under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    WEST COUNTRY WHIPPING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A West Country Whipping</b> is formed by middling
+the twine around the part of the rope to be marked
+and half-knotting it at every half turn so that each
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">105</span>knot will be on opposite sides. When a sufficient number
+of turns are passed finish it off with a reef knot.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_105over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_105over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FINISHING A WHIPPING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>To finish off a whipping without showing a knot lay
+one end forward as at <b>A</b> in the diagram, then pass the
+other end round and round a sufficient number of
+times, hauling taut each time. Three or four loose
+turns are then made and the end passed under these
+backwards. These ends are worked down into their
+places and when they are hauled taut are cut off.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_105under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_105under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    FINISHING A WHIPPING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Another method is, instead of having a single end,
+a bight of the seizing is laid along the part to be
+whipped and the turns passed over it. When these are
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">106</span>completed the end is passed through the bight at <b>A</b>.
+The end <b>B</b> is then hauled upon to bring the bight and
+the end of the rope snug under the coils. There are
+now two loops interlacing at the center of the work
+and these cannot come undone. When the ends are
+cut off close to the turns the whole is fair and smooth.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_106over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_106over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A USEFUL BAND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>A useful band is shown in the diagram above. The
+second end <b>B</b> is drawn through by a turn—a very useful
+method of securing a ligature or a fractured fishing rod.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_106under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_106under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    PACKING KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Packing Knot</b> is used for binding timbers together.
+The first diagram shows it started at <b>A</b> and <b>B</b>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">107</span>shows it completed. It is tightened by means of a
+packing-stick, <b>C</b>, which is twisted under the knot and
+then twisted round and secured as shown. A quicker
+plan is two toggles shown in the second diagram. After
+twisting the sticks round tie the two ends of the sticks
+together.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_107over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_107over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SIMPLE PACKING KNOT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Toggle</b> is a piece of wood turned to shape and
+having a groove in the center round which the end of
+a rope is spliced. An eye is made in another rope by
+any method and the toggle is slipped into it. To unfasten
+it the ropes are slackened. Another form of
+toggle is a round piece of wood shaped like a button.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">108</span>It has a hole in the center through which a rope is
+passed and the end knotted.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_107under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_107under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    TOGGLES
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Jury</b>, or <b>Double Pitcher Knot</b> as it is sometimes
+called, is useful when a jury mast has to be
+rigged, as the loops form a means of attaching the
+necessary supports to the mast. The center <b>K</b> in
+the second diagram is slipped over the masthead and
+the weight brought on the stays tightens it and holds
+it in its position on the mast.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_108">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_108.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    JURY KNOT, FIRST STAGE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">109</span></p>
+
+<p>It is formed by three ordinary half hitches each
+placed behind the other with the loop of the last laid
+over the first. Keep the hitches together with the
+right hand and with the left take <b>A</b> and dip it under <b>B</b>
+and pull <b>C</b> through <b>A</b> and <b>B</b>.</p>
+
+<p>Then, holding the knot with the left hand, place <b>F</b>
+over <b>E</b> and pull <b>D</b> between <b>E</b> and <b>F</b>. Take <b>G</b> in the
+teeth and pull on the parts <b>G</b>, <b>F</b> and <b>A</b>. The ends <b>H</b>
+and <b>Z</b> may be either knotted or spliced.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_109">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_109.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    JURY KNOT, COMPLETED
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Racking Seizing</b> is used where the strain is on only
+one part of the rope. An eye splice is formed in one
+end of racking and the first turn is passed round both
+parts of the rope like a round seizing; it is then dipped
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">110</span>between both parts and the remaining turns are passed
+as racking turns, over and under, leaving sufficient
+space between each racking turn for a roundabout
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">111</span>turn to lie, the usual number taken being thirteen.
+After these are passed the end is dipped down inside
+the last turn and the roundabout turns are passed from
+the end towards the eye between the racking turns.
+When the last roundabout turn is passed, the end is
+passed up between both parts of the shroud, ready for
+passing the cross turns, which are passed by taking the
+end along the seizing and passing it down between the
+seventh and sixth turns along the seizing, again towards
+the eye, up between the two parts of the shroud,
+as before, and again drawn between the seventh and
+sixth turns so as to form a clove hitch. Then finish
+off with a crown and wall as in other seizings.</p>
+
+<p>To make the racking neater after passing the last
+roundabout turn, the end is taken outside all parts of
+the racking instead of between the six and seven turns,
+and clove formed at the same time.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_110">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_110.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    RACKING SEIZING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">112</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="SPLICING_AND_ROPE_WORK">
+    SPLICING AND ROPE WORK
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>It is sometimes necessary to unite hawsers, cables
+and even ropes in such a manner that there is no
+obvious difference in their diameter and no substantial
+weakening of their strength. This can be done only
+by splicing, that is, putting the ends together by opening
+the strands and placing them into one another,
+or if equal diameter is not essential by putting strands
+of the end of a rope between those of a bight. When
+ropes are knotted they cannot be run through a block.
+In driving ropes, too, knotting is out of the question.
+It is calculated that a splice will weaken the strength
+of a rope about one-eighth.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_112">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_112.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SHORT SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">113</span></p>
+
+<p><b>A short splice</b> is used for joining any rope not
+needed to travel through a block.</p>
+
+<p>To make a short splice unlay the rope to the required
+length which is twice the circumference of the
+rope for the long ends and one and a half times the
+circumference for the short ends. When this is done
+whip all the ends with yarn. The ends are then placed
+together as shown in the first diagram, the strands of
+one rope alternately between the strands of the other.
+The two ropes are then jammed closely together. The
+end of one rope with the strands of the other rope are
+now held firmly in the left hand. Sometimes it is
+better to put a lashing round the strands to keep them
+down to the rope on which they lie. The long ends
+are tucked in twice and the short ends once. Pass the
+left hand over the first strand next to it and underneath
+the second strand. Haul it taut in the lay of the rope.
+Then enter the right-hand strand and lastly the middle
+strand in a similar manner to the first or left-hand
+strand. Haul them taut along the lay of the rope.
+Put the long ends in again as before, cut the stop off
+the fork and put the short ends in once in a similar
+way. Stretch the splice, whip the ends and cut them
+off. If it is intended to serve over the splice, put the
+strands in once and a half each way, take a few of
+the underneath yarns from each strand to fill up the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">114</span>lay of the rope for worming, scrape the ends and marl
+them down ready for serving.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_114">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_114.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    LONG SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Long Splice</b> has many advantages over the
+short one. To make it unlay the ends of two ropes to
+the length of five and a half times the circumference
+of the rope. Crutch them together as for the short
+splice. Unlay one strand and fill up the vacant space
+which it leaves with the opposite strand next to it.
+Then turn the rope round and lay hold of the two
+next strands that will come opposite their respective
+lays. Unlay one filling up the vacant space, as before,
+with the other. Take one-third out of each strand,
+knot the opposite strands together and heave them
+well in place. Stick all six ends once under one strand.
+Having stretched the splice well cut off the ends.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">115</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_115">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_115.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    EYE SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>An Eye Splice</b> is used by seafarers to splice round
+a block, dead-eye or thimble and is formed by unlaying
+the end of a rope for a short distance and then laying
+three strands upon the standing part so as to form an
+eye. Put one end in the strand next to it in the same
+manner as for the short splice. Then put the next
+end over that strand and through the second and put
+the remaining end through the third strand on the
+other side of the rope. Taper them, divide the strands
+and put them in again. To finish off split the strands
+and take half of each, seizing them together, and cut
+the ends off. When serving is used the strands should
+be tapered off.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_116">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_116.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CHAIN SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Chain Splice</b> is used for splicing hemp tails into
+chain when required to travel through a block or fairlead,
+such as earrings and outhauls for forecastle and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">116</span>quarterdeck awnings. To make a chain splice unlay
+strands rather more than for an eye splice, then unlay
+the strand, <b>A</b>, for a few inches. Reeve the two remaining
+strands, <b>B</b> and <b>C</b>, through the link in the end
+of the chain; continue unlaying the strand, <b>A</b>, and lay
+up strand, <b>B</b>, in its place for about a foot, then half
+knot it and tuck as for a long splice. Then tuck the
+strand <b>C</b> as for an eye splice.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_117">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_117.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CUT SPLICE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Cut Splice</b> is made by laying two ropes in the
+position indicated in the upper diagram. Leaving the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">117</span>ropes between <b>A</b>, <b>A</b>, to form an oblong loop, tuck the
+strands of one rope into the other as done in the eye
+splice. Splices are often wormed, parcelled and served.</p>
+
+<p>It is rather difficult to force apart the twisted
+strands of ropes. For this purpose a marlinespike is
+used for large ropes. This is made of iron, copper or
+hard wood. Copper is preferable as it does not rust
+like iron or break like wood. A steel pricker is used
+for small stuff. For very large ropes a fid, which is
+a tapered wooden pin usually made of lignum vitæ, is
+used.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">118</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_118over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_118over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    MARLINESPIKE    <span style="padding-left:4em;">PRICKER (ABOVE)</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Grommet</b> is a ring of rope. To make it cut a
+strand about three and one-half times the length of
+the grommet required. Unlay the rope carefully and
+keep the turns of the strand in. Close up the strand
+in the form of a ring as shown in the first diagram
+and then pass the ends round and round in their
+original lay until all the intervals are filled up as
+shown in the second diagram. Then finish off the two
+ends as in a long splice.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_118under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_118under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    GROMMET
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">119</span></p>
+
+<p><b>An Artificial Eye</b> is made somewhat like a long
+splice. Take the end of a rope and unlay one strand;
+lay the two strands back to the standing part of the
+rope; pass the strand which has been unlaid over the
+end and in the intervals round the eye, until it returns
+down the standing part and lies under the eye with
+strands. Then divide the strands, taper them down
+and serve them over with spunyarn.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_119">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_119.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc c8">
+ARTIFICIAL EYE
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+FLEMISH EYE
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>The Flemish Eye</b> is a little more difficult to make.
+The rope is first whipped and the strands unlaid to the
+whipping and opened out, separating each rope yarn.
+Take a piece of wood the size of the intended eye, <b>A</b>,
+between and along it lay three or more stops, hitch
+over the yarns and tie with the overhand knot crossing
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">120</span>them somewhat; seize the ends and worm them between
+the strands at the shoulder. Then marl all
+down, parcel and serve the ends.</p><a href="#Page_48"></a>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_120over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_120over.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    THROAT SEIZING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Throat Seizing</b> is made by opening the end slightly
+and lashing it to the standing part. The ring shown
+in the diagram is one of a variety occasionally used.
+It is useful to pass other ropes through in the rigging.
+Another ring is formed by lashing the two ends of a
+short piece of rope to the side of a long one, looping
+the short piece to give the requisite ring.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_120under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_120under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SELVAGEE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Selvagee</b> is used to form a neat stropping for
+blocks or to go round a spar to which a hook is to be
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">121</span>fastened. To make a selvagee strop drive a couple
+of bolts or large nails into a piece of plank, or any
+convenient place, or else seize a couple of hooks which
+will answer the same purpose. Put the nails or hooks
+at the required distance apart, according to the length
+of strop needed. Take the end of a ball of rope yarn
+and make it fast to one of the spikes or hooks. Pass
+it round the other spike and keep passing roundabout
+turns, taking care to have every turn well taut until
+the strop is the required thickness. If it is to be a
+very large strop marl it down with spunyarn; if a
+small strop use two-rope yarn.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_121">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_121.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SELVAGEE FASTENING BLOCK TO ROPE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">122</span></p>
+
+<p><b>To Lengthen a Rope of a Sail with a Single Strand.</b>—To
+do this is necessary when a sail is increased by
+the addition of, say, one cloth. Then the foot rope
+must be lengthened. Suppose the width of the cloth
+is 2 feet and the size of the rope 3 inches. After ripping
+the rope off four cloths, first cut the strand at the
+distance 2 feet 6 inches from each other, as shown in
+the diagram below.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_122">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_122.png" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+<p>Cut one strand at <b>A</b> and unlay it to <b>C</b>, then cut one
+of the remaining strands at <b>C</b> and unlay it to <b>B</b>, laying
+the strand <b>A</b> up again as far as <b>B</b>. Then cut the remaining
+strand at <b>B</b>, which will be the center, and the
+rope will be in two parts, as seen in the diagram above.</p>
+
+<p>Now marry the long end <b>A</b> to the end <b>B</b>, then lay
+up the long strand <b>A</b> and marry it to the other strand
+<b>B</b>, as in the diagram below.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">123</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_123over">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_123over.png" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+<p>Take a strand about 10 feet in length of the same
+size rope and marry one end to the short strand <b>A</b>,
+as shown in the diagram. Fill up the space left from
+<b>A</b> to <b>C</b> by laying in the new strand and marry the
+other end to the short strand <b>C</b>. There will then be
+four splices to finish off as ordinary long splices.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_123under">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_123under.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BENDING SHEET TO CLEW OF SAIL
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>A rope is wormed, parcelled or served to preserve
+it from wet or chafe.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">124</span></p>
+
+<p><b>Worming</b> is done to fill up the space between the
+strands of the rope with spunyarn or small rope, to
+render the surface smooth and round for parcelling
+and serving.</p>
+
+<p><b>Parcelling</b> a rope is laying round it with the lay
+of the rope strips of clad canvas, tarred, from 2 to 3
+inches wide according to the size of the rope, before
+serving it, the upper turn of the parcelling overlapping
+the upper edge of the turn below it.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_124">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_124.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+WORMING
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+PARCELLING
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+SERVING
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Serving</b> is covering the rope with coils of spunyarn
+or other small stuff laid on quite close. The spunyarn
+is put, or, hove on by a serving mallet which has a
+score in the underpart according to the size of the
+rope. Service is always laid on against the lay of the
+rope. The sailor’s adage says:</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+<div class="poetry">
+Worm and parcel with the lay.<br>
+And serve the rope the other way.
+</div></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">125</span></p>
+
+<p>The end of the yarn is first secured by placing it
+under the first two or three coils. The serving mallet
+after being placed against the rope has two or three
+turns passed round its body and another turn or two
+on the handle. This enables the coils to be pulled taut
+as the mallet is worked round the rope by its handle.
+An extra man is needed for passing the ball of serving
+stuff. When the required length of service is put on,
+the end is put under the last two turns, hauled taut
+and cut off.</p>
+
+<p><b>To make a cringle</b> unlay a single strand from the
+rope the size the cringle is required to be. Whip both
+ends, reeve the strand through the left-hand eyelet-hole
+in the sail, keeping one end nearly a third longer
+than the other, keeping the roping of the sail toward
+you. If a thimble is to be put in the cringle, lay up the
+two parts of the strand together, counting three lays.
+Commence with the short end of the strands toward
+you, through the right-hand eyelet-hole, taking it
+through the cringle and it will be in right position
+to lay up in the vacant space left in the cringle. When
+done the one end will hand down inside the right-hand
+eyelet-hole and the other end outside the left-hand
+one. The ends are then hitched by being rove
+through their respective eyelet-holes and passed over
+the leech rope and under their own part, one hitch
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">126</span>being towards you and the other from you. Then take
+the ends down under one strand on the right and two
+on the left of the cringle nearest to it. Tuck the ends
+under the first two strands nearest the hitch leaving
+them well in place. The cringle is then fidded out and
+the thimble is put in on the forward of the sail. The
+ends of the strands are then tucked back left-handed,
+under one strand, again under two right-handed as in
+the first place. Heave them taut in place at each tuck,
+whip the ends with two of their own yarns and cut
+off. If a large cringle is needed count an extra number
+of lays, 5, 7, 9, etc., always an odd number.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_126">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_126.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A CRINGLE
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">127</span></p>
+
+<p>To finish a cringle off on a crown commence as already
+told. After laying up the strand together instead
+of forming a hitch with each end, the ends are
+rove through their respective eyelet-holes and tucked
+back under two strands of the cringle and again laid
+up as far as the crown forming a four-stranded cringle.
+It is finished off by tucking the ends under two strands
+and crossing them under the crown of the cringle and
+cut off close.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe8" id="i_127">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_127.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    CRINGLE ON A CROWN
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">128</span></p>
+
+
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="WIRE_ROPE_SPLICING">
+    WIRE ROPE SPLICING
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>In splicing wire rope great care must be taken to
+prevent kinks getting into the rope or strands. Once
+a kink is made no amount of strain can take it out,
+and the rope is unsafe to work. If possible a turntable
+should be employed (an old cart wheel mounted
+on a spindle makes an excellent one)—the rope will
+then lead off perfectly straight without kinks.</p>
+
+<p>With steel wire rope, always before working it
+put a stop on at the place to which you intend to unlay,
+and put a good whipping of twine at the end of
+each strand. In splicing wire all tucks are made
+against the lay of the rope.</p>
+
+<p>In making an eye splice the rope is handled better
+if hung up in a convenient position, so that when standing
+up the eye will be at about the level of the chest
+of the person working.</p>
+
+<p>A long, tapering steel marlinespike is required and
+after placing it under a strand do not withdraw it
+until the tuck is made and all the slack of the strand
+drawn through.</p>
+
+<p>To make a neat splice do not haul the part of the
+rope that has not been unlaid too close to the neck of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">129</span>the splice, and in tucking the strands never take a short
+nip, but take long lays.</p>
+
+<p>In unlaying for a long splice always unlay two
+strands simultaneously to keep the rope in its original
+lay. For a fair-sized rope unlay about 9 feet of each
+end.</p>
+
+<p>Proceed as in rope splicing and after the three pairs
+of strands are in their places, single them and continue
+to unlay and lay in until the six meeting places of the
+strands are equidistant.</p>
+
+<p>To finish off the ends properly can only be learned
+by observation and actual practice. By using two
+marlinespikes the hempen heart is removed and the
+ends of the wire strands forced into the place it occupied,
+making a very neat job when finished.</p>
+
+<p>Wire splices should be parcelled with oily canvas
+and served.</p>
+
+<p><b>Short Splice.</b>—The same procedure is gone through
+as for splicing hemp rope, only care must be taken to place
+a good whipping on where the ends marry, and that
+each strand prior to unlaying is whipped. The number
+of tucks taken should never be less than three
+whole and one-half and one-third, so as to taper the
+splice off. The number of tucks to be taken off varies
+according to the work required of the rope or strop,
+but as a rule the more the better.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">130</span></p>
+
+<p>In tucking wire strands the strand should be entered
+in front of the marlinespike, which should not be
+withdrawn until this has been done, care being taken
+not to kink the strand.</p>
+
+<p><b>Eye Splice.</b>—Make the crown of the eye, take half
+the girth of the thimble and rope to be used and put a
+good stout whipping on to the wire, break the wire into
+shape of the thimble and heave both parts of the wire
+together by means of the rigging screws supplied for
+this purpose. Put a good seizing of spun yarn around
+both sides of the wire and thimble at the ends of the
+latter. Then remove the rigging screws and unlay the
+end of the wire as far as the whipping, open each
+strand and remove the hemp heart by cutting it off.
+Then put a whipping on the ends of the six strands,
+commence the splice by tucking the right-hand strand
+first, then the others in succession, each strand under
+one. The left-hand strand being the last is tucked
+under two. This ensures that each strand takes a fair
+strain. Care should be taken to keep the strands
+straight. When all have been tucked once, beat well
+down with an iron hammer and put on a good seizing
+of spun yarn. Then tuck each strand a second time.
+Wire 2½ inches and over should be tucked three times
+full and tapered to a third.</p>
+
+<p><b>Steel Wire Hawsers.</b>—The splices of the wire are
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">131</span>made against the lay of the rope tucked three times
+with the full size of the strand and a fourth time with
+the strand reduced one-half; to make a more suitable
+taper, each tuck is drawn tightly in the direction of the
+lay of the rope. The center core of the rope is removed
+on opening out the strands for splicing, and the cores
+of the strands removed after the first tuck has been
+made. The first tuck is taken at one and a half times
+the girth of the thimble plus the circumference of the
+rope. The splice is then parcelled and served, the
+thimble tightly seized in with flat seizing crossed.</p>
+
+<p><b>Splicing Wire Rope into an Endless Band.</b>—This
+can be done either by the long or short splice, but the
+former is recommended, as the short splice, though
+equally strong, leaves a thick place in the rope. In
+the long splice, if properly made, no such inequality
+exists; indeed the spliced part should be difficult to
+locate.</p>
+
+<p>To make a long splice a rope say 3½-inch circumference
+should have a splice not less than 60 feet to be
+safe, and smaller sizes in proportion down to 1½-inch
+circumference, for which size 25 feet will do. Take
+the 3½-inch rope as an example.</p>
+
+<p>Measure 30 feet off each end of the rope and put a
+sound marline serving at those points. Then cut off
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">132</span>the end servings and tie the strands together in twos and
+interlock, as shown in the diagram.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_132">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_132.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SPLICING INTO AN ENDLESS BAND
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Lashings should only be cut off when parts are quite
+close together, otherwise rope has a tendency to open
+out further back and thus throw the length wrong.
+Then open strands out singly and snip off short six of
+the ends, three on either side, alternately. That is to
+say, leave a long end in each case opposite one of the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">133</span>snipped ends. Take each of the short ends in turn and
+carefully unlay them, at the same time laying in its
+place the corresponding long end.</p>
+
+<p>This should be done with all the strands, and
+reckoning from the center on each side, the first one
+should be taken away 25 feet, the second 15 feet, and
+the third 5 feet. This will divide the splice up equally
+as shown in the lower diagram.</p>
+
+<p>Then commence at the first strand at either end.
+First put the marlinespike through the center of the
+rope where the ends cross, cut and remove the hemp
+heart for about a foot. Then by the aid of the two
+spikes force the strand into place of heart just removed
+and follow up to the end of the strand, pulling out the
+heart a few inches at a time.</p>
+
+<p>Repeat with all twelve ends, taking care that no
+empty space is left in the center of the rope by cutting
+of the hemp core further away than the strand end
+will reach. It is a good plan to marl or wrap each
+end with parcelling before it is put into the center of
+the rope, as this tends to give parts of the splice a good
+grip of one another. To finish off and remove inequalities,
+lay the splice on deck and hammer with a heavy
+wooden mallet.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">134</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_135">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_135.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A PAUNCH MAT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="MATTING">
+    MATTING
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>A Paunch Mat</b> is used as a protection from chafe
+on shipboard. Stretch a piece of rope according to the
+size of the mat required in a horizontal position and
+fasten each end. Across this hanging by their middles,
+foxes are placed. Foxes are two or more rope yarns
+twisted together by hand and each rubbed down with
+tarred canvas or a handful of rope yarn. Beginning
+with the fox nearest the left hand twist a turn in the
+two parts and give one part to the man opposite. The
+next fox has a turn twisted in its two parts and one
+part is given to the opposite man. The other part is
+twisted round the first which is given to the partner
+and then again round its own part with the other foxes
+until the required breadth is reached. Then as no
+more foxes are added and the outside on the right is
+brought over from time to time, a selvage is formed as
+on the left side. There is a little difficulty in starting
+but afterwards all will go along very easily. Each
+fox from the right passes over the next one to it on
+the left and is pushed back. The one that has been
+passed over being taken up first over the next and
+pushed back as before. Each twist should be pressed
+tight as it is made. When the mat is deep enough a
+<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_135"></a><a id="Page_136"></a>136</span>selvage is made by straining another piece of cord
+along the bottom securing both ends. As each fox
+comes down it is half hitched to this and the next fox
+is laid at the back of it and so on alternately.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_136">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_136.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SWORD MATTING WARP AND LOOM
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>Sword Matting</b> is used for boats, gripes, etc. Two
+iron bars are slung in a horizontal position at the required
+distance apart for warping the mat off. Hitch
+one end of the warp which is of spunyarn to the bar
+at the end of which it is intended to finish the mat.
+The other end is then rove through the first hole in
+the loom over and under the other bar back through
+the first slit, over and under the other bar and so on
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">137</span>until as many parts as are required for the breadth
+needed have been laid out. The last end is rove
+through a slit and secured to the bar at the end the
+mat is to be finished. When this is done lift the loom
+up, middle the fittings and lay it between the upper
+and lower parts. Then lower the loom and the parts
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">138</span>that were lowest will rise in the slits and become the
+uppermost and thus put a cross in the warp.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_137">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_137.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SWORD MATTING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>A piece of wood made in the shape of a knife, called
+a sword, is then inserted between the alternate parts
+of the warp and the crossing is driven close to the head
+against the bar over which the warp for weaving the
+mat is passed. Then turn of filling is passed to secure
+the crossing, reeving the ends through contraryways.
+Haul it taut, take out the sword, lift up the loom and
+continue to pass the filling. Half knot it with two
+turns. To finish off splice the mat. The loom is
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">139</span>usually made of a piece of copper sheet with alternate
+holes and slits in it.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_138">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_138.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SPLICING A SWORD MAT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>To Splice a Sword Mat</b> unlay 6 or 7 inches of the
+mat, open the ends out, marry them together laying
+one up and one down flat along the mat. Withdraw
+the nettles on one side of one mat and point the nettles
+of the other mat through the holes they will come out
+of. All ends will then disappear from that side and
+there will be four rows of ends on the other. Turn
+the mats over, pick out the proper nettles of the side
+which have been married together, withdraw the ends
+belonging to one mat and introduce the corresponding
+ends of the other mat through the holes. Perform
+this operation on each mat and on each side there will
+be two rows of ends. Marry these ends together on
+each side laying one up and one down and go on
+splicing by withdrawing and reeving for two or three
+rows more in each mat. Leave off with the ends all
+out on the same side and finish off as with selvaging.</p>
+
+<p>A cobbler’s stitch is used for joining the sides of
+sword mats together. Take a filling of roping twine,
+middle it and reeve each end through two bights in
+each mat (if a heavy mat through three bights at
+each side). Then reeve the lowermost end back
+through the same bights as the upper end which will
+bring the ends out at opposite sides. Draw the mats
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">140</span>together and reeve both ends through two turns in
+each mat again, passing each other through the same
+hole opposite ways. Keep on doing this like stitching
+the sole of a shoe, hence the reason for calling it a
+cobbler’s stitch. Finish off each end by taking a hitch
+through a bight in the mat of the next lay above and
+cut off the ends.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_140">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_140.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A THRUM MAT
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Thrum Mat</b> is made of canvas and short yarns
+of equal length. These yarns are rove through holes
+stabbed in the canvas, both ends of the yarns being on
+the same side.</p>
+
+<p><b>A Common Sennit</b> is made by taking three or four
+nettles according to the need required. Middle them
+over a belaying pin and plait three or four together the
+length it is intended to make the eye. Then work both
+parts together to form an eye and plait them by bringing
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">141</span>the outside nettles on each side alternately over
+to the middle. The outside one is laid with the right
+hand and the remainder held firmly with the left hand.
+Work the whole together adding a nettle when necessary.
+After the eye is properly formed drop a yarn
+and continue to the end with an odd number. When
+it is of sufficient length lessen it by dropping a nettle at
+regular intervals. To finish it lay one end up, leaving
+its bight down and plait the other ends through this
+bight until they are all worked through it. Then
+haul on the end till the bight is taut. To secure all
+parts cut off the ends and whip it.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_141">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_141.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+<table class="autotable4">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+SQUARE SENNIT
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+ROUND FENDER
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Square Sennit</b> is made somewhat in the same
+manner as the round sennit but without a heart. Nettles
+are used in the same ratio increasing by fours.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">142</span>Having put a whipping round the (eight) ends divide
+the nettles, and lay half on each side. Bring the uppermost
+left-handed nettle round underneath all and up
+inside two and over two of the right-handed ones.
+Cross over the latter ones to the left and make four
+on each side again. Then take the uppermost to the
+right-handed nettles, pass it underneath and under two
+and over two of the left-handed ones, still keeping
+four on a side, because the nettle taken up always
+comes round to its own side again. To proceed take
+the upper nettle on each side alternately and finish
+off as the round sennit is finished.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe12" id="i_142">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_142.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    A FENDER
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><b>A Fender</b> is used to protect the sides of a boat.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">143</span>Sometimes it is made of wood but more often is of
+canvas stuffed with oakum and painted.</p>
+
+<p>To make a soft fender take a piece of Manilla rope
+double the length of the fender. Unlay it, open the
+strands and comb them until all the yarns lie straight.
+Double it and clap an eye-seizing on it, marling it
+down as shown in the diagram. A lanyard of small
+cords, such as log-line, is then spliced into the eye.</p>
+
+<p><b>A Round or Pudding Fender</b> is made of a center or
+heart of rope yarn worked over a grafted with short
+pieces of rope yarn nettles. The nettles are first cut
+to the proper length and the middle part slightly
+twisted. They are then brought snugly round a thimble
+and a seizing put on. The heart or pudding may
+be of any old stuff such as old strands, spunyarn, etc.
+This is put into its place and the nettles laid evenly
+over it. Half the nettles taken alternately are turned
+back over the eye and the other left lying down the
+heart. Pass a turn or two of twine or marline called
+the warp or filling round the fender where the nettles
+separate and hitch it. The nettles turned back must
+now be brought down and those that are down turned
+over the eye. The warp is now passed again and
+hitched as before. This must be repeated until the
+whole of the fender is covered with a woven coat as
+shown in the diagram. The ends of the nettles are
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">144</span>brought round last turn of the warp and interlaced in
+the grafting.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_144">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_144.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SIMPLE WEAVING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>A simple weaving apparatus is shown in the diagram
+by which mats may easily be made. Take two
+pegs about 15 to 18 inches long, and drive them into
+the ground or attach them to a board so as to be firm.</p>
+
+<p>These should stand about a foot out of the ground.
+Then take a stick or a piece of wood and lash it across
+the upright stakes. Next drive a row of pegs into the
+ground. These pegs should be at equal distances
+apart, not to exceed 6 inches, and parallel with the
+lashed stick. Two sets of strings are then tied to the
+cross stick. The ends of one set are fastened to the
+sticks and the ends of the other set to a staff held in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">145</span>the hands, as shown in the diagram. If there are a
+dozen strings, then the odd numbered should be
+fastened to the sticks and the even numbered to the
+staff. By alternately raising and depressing the staff,
+placing a handful of straw or rushes between the
+strings at each movement and making them lie close,
+a good mat is made. These mats may be joined together
+with the cobbler’s stitch or by tying the string
+ends together.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_145">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_145.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    MALAY HITCH
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>The <b>Malay Hitch</b> is a name given by Captain Galton,
+a noted traveler, to a method for fastening boards
+or planks together to make a shelter. The cord is
+twisted once and then as each board is inserted this
+twist holds them sufficiently tight for temporary
+purposes.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">146</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="HAMMOCK_MAKING">
+    HAMMOCK MAKING
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>At the mention of a hammock one’s mind naturally
+reverts to the sailor and at the same time thinks of
+the pleasure a good hammock will afford under some
+shady tree or on a sheltered piazza. Hammock making
+is quite easy and the tools necessary are simple.
+First, a netting needle is required. There are two
+styles of these needles, which are shown in the diagram.
+In the top one the cord is brought round the
+end at <b>A</b>, up one side, round the pin at <b>B</b> and back
+the same side, the process being repeated on the other
+side of the needle. This needle is made of hardwood
+such as boxwood, and is 8 inches long by ¾ inch wide.</p>
+
+<p>The needle shown in the middle diagram has the
+cord wound round it as in an ordinary shuttle.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_146">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_146.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    NETTING NEEDLES AND MESH STICK
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">147</span></p>
+
+<p>The mesh stick, the lower illustration, which also
+shows a cross section, is made of hardwood or bone
+and is about 5 inches long and oval in shape.</p>
+
+<p>At one end of the string to be used for the net,
+tie a loop and place the knot on a nail fixed in some
+convenient position. Place the mesh stick under the
+loop as shown by <b>A</b> in the diagram, put the cord
+under it, then pass the needle through the loop and pull
+the cord taut.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_147">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_147.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+LOOP IN MESHING    <span style="padding-left:6em;">FIRST STAGE OF MESHING</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>Now place the thumb of the left hand on the cord
+beyond the loop, as shown in the next diagram, and
+with a turn of the wrist of the right hand throw the
+cord to the position shown at <b>B</b>, then pass the needle
+under the loop <b>C</b>, through the bight <b>B</b> and down as
+at <b>D</b> and draw the knot tight.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">148</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_148">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_148.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    SECOND STAGE IN MESHING
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>When this has been done the loop will assume the
+shape seen in the diagram illustrating the third meshing
+stage. The cord must be held firmly with the
+thumb at <b>A</b> when pulling up the knots, as the uniformity
+of the meshes depends on this.</p>
+
+<p>To continue the netting the stick is withdrawn and
+placed under <b>A</b>, in the third meshing diagram. The
+needle is then passed under the stick as before, brought
+through the loop <b>B</b> and as before to form another
+mesh. This is continued to make a chain of meshes,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">149</span>say forty-five or fifty, sufficient for the width of the
+hammock. The loop <b>A</b> originally tied is then unfastened
+and it will be found that the meshes are all of
+the same size.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe18" id="i_149">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_149.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    THIRD MESHING STAGE    <span style="padding-left:4em;">CHAIN OF MESHES</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>The chain is then opened out at right angles to
+the line in which it was made, shown in the next diagram,
+and working across is begun by making a mesh
+at <b>A</b>, then at <b>B</b>, <b>C</b>, and so on, until the length of the
+first lot of meshes has been reached, when the net is
+turned over and another row of meshes worked in the
+same manner.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">150</span></p>
+
+<p>To insure uniformity it will be well to put the loops,
+<b>D</b>, <b>E</b>, <b>F</b> and <b>G</b>, separately on the hook or nail as the
+meshes under them are made. After a little practice a
+cord may be reeved through the top line of meshes,
+tied into a loop and passed over the knee and then
+over the foot as the work progresses.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowe24" id="i_150">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/i_150.png" alt="">
+  <figcaption>
+    BEGINNING OF CROSS NETTING    <span style="padding-left:6em;">HAMMOCK CLEW</span>
+  </figcaption>
+</figure>
+
+<p>An ash stick may be used at each end to which the
+end meshes are looped and tied, and a piece of codline
+may be passed through the side meshes on each side
+and attached to the ends of the sticks. At each end
+a stout cord is secured to the stick in the form of a
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">151</span>triangle for hanging the hammock. Another plan is
+to tie a number of cords together by doubling them
+in the center and forming a loop, and each of the free
+ends is attached to one of the meshes of the net. The
+best plan is to reeve a cord about the size of a little
+finger through the end meshes and splice it into the
+form of a grommet. A thimble, <b>A</b>, is fixed in the end
+to which the supporting cords are attached and the
+cords which are reeved through the side meshes are
+spliced into the eye <b>B</b> at <b>C</b>. When these clews are
+used the net must be made longer than for sticks.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">152</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="STRENGTH_OF_ROPE_ETC">
+    STRENGTH OF ROPE, ETC.
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Rope is measured by its circumference. A four-stranded
+rope is about one-fifth weaker than a three-stranded
+one.</p>
+
+<p>Generally blocks should be three times the size of the
+rope which it is intended to reeve in them.</p>
+
+<p>The hauling part bears twice the strain of the standing
+part of a fall, the pin of a block is often more worn
+on one of its sides than on the other and should be turned
+frequently.</p>
+
+<p>Sheaves and pins of blocks should be carefully examined
+at short intervals.</p>
+
+
+<h3 id="BREAKING_STRAINS_ETC">
+  BREAKING STRAINS, ETC.
+</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Hawser-Laid Rope<br>
+Rule</span></p>
+
+<p>Square the circumference and divide by 3 for the
+breaking strain; in tons. Divide by 4 for the proof
+strain; divide by 6 for the working strain.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">
+  <span class="smcap">Worked Example</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>A rope 4 inches in circumference; required the breaking
+strain.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">153</span></p>
+
+
+<table class="autotable3">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+inches in circumference.
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+×
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+÷
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+3) 16
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+<i>Ans.</i>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bbd">
+5.3
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+tons = breaking strain.
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+inches in circumference.
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+×
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+÷
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+4) 16
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+<i>Ans.</i>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bbd">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+tons = proof strain.
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+inches in circumference.
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+×
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+÷
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bb">
+6) 16
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">
+<i>Ans.</i>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bbd">
+2.7
+</td>
+<td class="tdl">
+tons = working strain.
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<p>To find what weight a rope will lift when rove as a
+tackle.</p>
+
+<p>Multiply the weight the rope is capable of suspending
+by the number of parts at the movable block and subtract
+¼ of this for resistance.</p>
+
+<p>To determine the relative strength of chain and rope.</p>
+
+<p>Consider the proportional strength to be 10 to 1,
+using the diameter of the chain and the circumference
+of the rope; ½-inch chain may replace 5-inch rope.</p>
+
+<p>Table showing the sized wire rope which may be used
+as a substitute for hempen rope.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">154</span></p>
+
+
+<table class="autotable3">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">
+Hemp Rope<br>
+Inches
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">
+Wire Rope<br>
+Inches
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+1½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+1¾
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+2
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+6
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+2½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+7
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+3
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+3½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+9
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+4
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+10
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+4½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr" style="padding-right:2em;">
+11
+</td>
+<td class="tdl" style="padding-left:2em;">
+5
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<h3 id="STEEL_WIRE_ROPES">
+  STEEL WIRE ROPES
+</h3>
+
+<p>1. The four qualities of steel wire used for wire
+making are:</p>
+
+<p><b>Breaking Strain p.s.i.</b>—Extra plough steel, 110 to
+120 tons. Mild plough steel, 95 to 100 tons. Best
+patent steel, 80 to 85 tons. Bessemer steel, 40 to 45
+tons.</p>
+
+<p>2. <b>Specifications.</b>—Specification should state: (1)
+Length of rope. (2) Size of gear. (3) Speed. (4)
+Load, <i>exclusive of rope</i>. (5) If for wet workings. (6)
+Gradients. (7) Particulars of curves.</p>
+
+<p>3. <b>Working Load.</b>—The maximum working load at
+average speed, including weight of rope, should not exceed
+a tenth of the breaking strain as tabulated below.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">155</span></p>
+
+<p>4. <b>Sheaves and Barrels.</b>—Great care should be taken
+that wire ropes are not worked round drums or over
+pulleys of insufficient circumference, that they do not
+strike against any hard substance while in motion. They
+should be about 30 times the circumference of the rope
+in diameter.</p>
+
+<p>5. <b>Uncoiling.</b>—Much care should be taken in uncoiling
+wire ropes, to prevent kinking. The coil should
+not be laid stationary, but should be placed on a turntable
+or reel and unwound from the outer end.</p>
+
+<p>6. <b>Grease.</b>—To prevent corrosion, all working ropes
+should receive a regular dressing of wire rope grease
+thoroughly laid on.</p>
+
+<p>7. <b>Starting.</b>—The greatest strain on a rope being at
+the moment of starting, every care should be taken to
+insure perfect steadiness of movement, as jerking is
+ruinous to ropes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">156</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><strong>Weights and Breaking Strengths of Round
+Wire Ropes.</strong></p>
+
+<div class="shrink">
+<table class="autotable">
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2" rowspan="3">
+Diam.<br>
+Inches.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2" rowspan="3">
+Circumf.<br>
+Inches.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2" rowspan="3">
+Lbs.
+per<br>
+Fathom.
+</th>
+<th colspan="4">
+Plough Steel
+</th>
+<th colspan="2" rowspan="2">
+Best
+Patent<br>Steel.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2" rowspan="2">
+Best
+Bessemer<br> Steel.
+</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">
+Extra.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2">
+Mild.
+</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">
+Tons.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2">
+Tons.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2">
+Tons.
+</th>
+<th colspan="2">
+Tons.
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+7
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+6
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+11
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+10
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+⅝
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+15
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+13
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+11
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+19
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+16
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+14
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+7
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+⅜
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+20
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+17
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+15
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+6
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+23
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+20
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+17
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+⅞
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+7
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+28
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+24
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+21
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+10
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+8
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+34
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+29
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+25
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+12
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+⅛
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+9
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+36
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+32
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+27
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+13
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+11
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+40
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+34
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+29
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+14
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+12
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+46
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+39
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+34
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+17
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+3
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+14
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+53
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+45
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+39
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+19
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+16
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+61
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+54
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+44
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+22
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+18
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+69
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+62
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+50
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+25
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+20
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+77
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+70
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+56
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+28
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+4
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+22
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+86
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+76
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+63
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+31
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+25
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+95
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+85
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+70
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+34
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+27
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+105
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+96
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+77
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+38
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+1
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+½
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+30
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+115
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+106
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+84
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+42
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+5
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¾
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+33
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+126
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+114
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+92
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+46
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+6
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+36
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+138
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+125
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+100
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+50
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdrn">
+2
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+6
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+¼
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+39
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+155
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+133
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+120
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+<td class="tdrn">
+60
+</td>
+<td class="tdln">
+
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">157</span></p>
+
+
+  <h2 class="nobreak" id="INDEX">
+    INDEX
+  </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<ul class="index">
+  <li class="ifrst">Artificial Eye, <a href="#Page_119">119</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Back-Handed Sailor’s Knot, <a href="#Page_97">97</a>, <a href="#Page_98">98</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bale Slings, <a href="#Page_84">84</a>, <a href="#Page_85">85</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Belaying Pin Splice, <a href="#Page_102">102</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bend Hawsers, <a href="#Page_100">100</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bend Shortening, <a href="#Page_71">71</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bending Sheet to Clew of Sail, <a href="#Page_123">123</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Blackwall Hitch, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Boat Knot, Simple, <a href="#Page_95">95</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Boat Knot with Thole Pin, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Boltrope, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bow Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_74">74</a>, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bow Knot, Single, <a href="#Page_74">74</a>, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bow Shortening, <a href="#Page_71">71</a>, <a href="#Page_72">72</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bowline Bend, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bowline Knot, <a href="#Page_25">25</a>, <a href="#Page_26">26</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bowline Knot, Standing, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bowline on a Bight, <a href="#Page_27">27</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Bronze Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Builders’ Knot, <a href="#Page_73">73</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Builders’ Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Buntline Hitch, <a href="#Page_38">38</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Burton, Spanish, Double, <a href="#Page_82">82</a>, <a href="#Page_83">83</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Burton, Spanish, Single, <a href="#Page_81">81</a>, <a href="#Page_82">82</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Butt Slings, <a href="#Page_84">84</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Cable-Laid Rope, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Can Hooks, <a href="#Page_84">84</a>, <a href="#Page_85">85</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Capstan Knot, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Carrick Bend, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Carrick Bend, Double, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_49">49</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Catspaw, <a href="#Page_72">72</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Fastening, <a href="#Page_90">90</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Fastening to Sheaves, Double, <a href="#Page_91">91</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Hitch, <a href="#Page_49">49</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Knot, <a href="#Page_68">68</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_70">70</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Chain Splice, <a href="#Page_115">115</a>, <a href="#Page_116">116</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Clinch, Outside, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Clinch, Running or Inside, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Clinch, Simple, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Clove Hitch, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>, <a href="#Page_73">73</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Coir Rope, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Crabber’s Eye Knot, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>, <a href="#Page_38">38</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Cringle on a Crown, <a href="#Page_127">127</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Cringles, <a href="#Page_125">125</a>, <a href="#Page_126">126</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Crossed and Square Fastening, <a href="#Page_92">92</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Crossed Running Knot, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Cross Lashing, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Cross Netting, <a href="#Page_150">150</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Crowning, <a href="#Page_56">56</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Crown Knot, <a href="#Page_57">57</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Cut Splice, <a href="#Page_116">116</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Dead-eye Lashing, <a href="#Page_101">101</a>, <a href="#Page_102">102</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Diamond Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_63">63</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Diamond Knot, Single, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_63">63</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Dog Shank, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>, <a href="#Page_71">71</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Double Blackwall Hitch, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Double Builders’ Knot, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Double Knot, <a href="#Page_22">22</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">158</span>Double Wall Knot, <a href="#Page_56">56</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Durable Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Englishman’s Knot, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Eye Splice, Rope, <a href="#Page_115">115</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Eye Splice, Wire Rope, <a href="#Page_130">130</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">False Knot, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_32">32</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Fender, Round or Pudding, <a href="#Page_141">141</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Fender, Soft, <a href="#Page_142">142</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Fibres, <a href="#Page_12">12</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Figure of 8 Knot, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Fisherman’s Bend, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>, <a href="#Page_47">47</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Fisherman’s Knot, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Five-Fold Knot, <a href="#Page_22">22</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Flemish Eye, <a href="#Page_119">119</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Flemish Knot, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Galvanized Iron Wire, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Granny, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_32">32</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Grommet, <a href="#Page_118">118</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Gunner’s Knot, <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Half Hitch, <a href="#Page_36">36</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Half Hitch and Seizing Bend, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hammock Clew, <a href="#Page_150">150</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hammock Lashings, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hawser Bend, Simple, <a href="#Page_47">47</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hawser Rope, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hawsers, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Hemp Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Junk, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Jury Knot, <a href="#Page_108">108</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Killick Hitch, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>, <a href="#Page_43">43</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Knot Shortening, <a href="#Page_71">71</a>, <a href="#Page_72">72</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Lanyards, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark Boat Knot, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>, <a href="#Page_95">95</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Head, <a href="#Page_88">88</a>, <a href="#Page_89">89</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Head, Double, <a href="#Page_97">97</a>, <a href="#Page_98">98</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Head, Stoppered, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Head, Treble, <a href="#Page_97">97</a>, <a href="#Page_98">98</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Head with Crossed Ends, <a href="#Page_97">97</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lark’s Nest, <a href="#Page_57">57</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lengthening the Rope of a Sail, <a href="#Page_122">122</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Long Splice, Rope, <a href="#Page_114">114</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Long Splice, Wire, <a href="#Page_131">131</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Loop Fastening to Sheaves, <a href="#Page_91">91</a>, <a href="#Page_92">92</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Loop Knot, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>, <a href="#Page_24">24</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Loop Knot for Large Cordage, <a href="#Page_24">24</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Loop or Bend Shortening, Simple, <a href="#Page_71">71</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Lubber’s Knot, <a href="#Page_32">32</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Magnus Hitch, <a href="#Page_43">43</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Malay Hitch, <a href="#Page_145">145</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Manila Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Marling Hitch, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Marlinespike, <a href="#Page_118">118</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Marlinespike Hitch, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Manrope Knot, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Matthew Walker Knot, <a href="#Page_59">59</a>, <a href="#Page_60">60</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Matthew Walker, Double, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>, <a href="#Page_61">61</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Meshing Loop, <a href="#Page_147">147</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Metallic Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Midshipman’s Hitch, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Mousing a Hook, <a href="#Page_100">100</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Necklace Tie, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Nettle Stuff, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Netting Needles, <a href="#Page_146">146</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Nippering or Packing, <a href="#Page_104">104</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Oakum, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Open-Hand Knot, <a href="#Page_32">32</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Ordinary Knot or Tie, <a href="#Page_34">34</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">159</span>Overhand Loop, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Packing Knot, <a href="#Page_106">106</a>, <a href="#Page_107">107</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Parbuckle, <a href="#Page_84">84</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Parcelling, <a href="#Page_124">124</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Pass a Life Line, To, <a href="#Page_85">85</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Pass a Stropper, To, <a href="#Page_86">86</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Paunch Mat, <a href="#Page_134">134</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Pitcher Knot, Single, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Pitcher Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_108">108</a>, <a href="#Page_109">109</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Point a Rope End, To, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>, <a href="#Page_53">53</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Portuguese Knot or Necklace Tie, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Pricker, <a href="#Page_118">118</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Purchases—</li>
+  <li class="isub1">Burton, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Double Luff Tackle, <a href="#Page_80">80</a>, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Four-fold, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Gun Tackle, <a href="#Page_79">79</a>, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Handy Billy, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Luff Tackle, <a href="#Page_80">80</a>, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Runner, <a href="#Page_79">79</a>, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Runner and Tackle, <a href="#Page_82">82</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Three-fold, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Up and Down Tackle, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Watch Tackle, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Whip, Double, <a href="#Page_79">79</a></li>
+  <li class="isub1">Whip, Single, <a href="#Page_79">79</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Put a Strop on a Spar, <a href="#Page_87">87</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Racking Seizing, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>, <a href="#Page_111">111</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Reef Knot, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_73">73</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Roband Hitch, <a href="#Page_39">39</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Rolling Hitch, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>, <a href="#Page_41">41</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Rope, <a href="#Page_11">11</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Rope Yarn Knot, <a href="#Page_35">35</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Rose Lashing, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Round Fender, <a href="#Page_143">143</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Round Turn and Two Half Hitches, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Bowline, <a href="#Page_26">26</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot Checked, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot Crossed, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot in Eye of a Rope, <a href="#Page_101">101</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot, Simple, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Knot with Check Knot, <a href="#Page_24">24</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Running Noose, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>, <a href="#Page_30">30</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Sailors’ Knot Fastening, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Secure Lead Line to Lead, <a href="#Page_100">100</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Secure a Rope Round a Belaying Pin, <a href="#Page_93">93</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Secure a Rope Around a Cleat, <a href="#Page_93">93</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Selvagees, <a href="#Page_120">120</a>, <a href="#Page_121">121</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sennit, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sennit, Crown, <a href="#Page_140">140</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sennit, Square, <a href="#Page_141">141</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Serving, <a href="#Page_124">124</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Shell Lashing, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sheep Shank or Dog Shank, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>, <a href="#Page_71">71</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sheet Bend, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>, <a href="#Page_47">47</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Shortening Tie, <a href="#Page_34">34</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Short Splice, Rope, <a href="#Page_112">112</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Short Splice, Wire, <a href="#Page_129">129</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Shroud-Laid Rope, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Shroud Knot, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Simple Boat Knot, <a href="#Page_95">95</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Simple Hitch, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Simple Knot, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>, <a href="#Page_73">73</a>, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Simple Running Knot, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Simple Stoppered Loop, <a href="#Page_88">88</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Single Plait or Chain Knot, <a href="#Page_68">68</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Six-Fold Knot, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sling a Cask on End, <a href="#Page_86">86</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">160</span>Slip Clinches or Running Knots Seized, <a href="#Page_29">29</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Slip Knot, Stoppered, <a href="#Page_98">98</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Slip Knot Secured by Slip Clinch, <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Slippery Hitch, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>, <a href="#Page_40">40</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Slippery Ring Knot, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Snaking and Seizing, <a href="#Page_65">65</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Spanish Burton, <a href="#Page_81">81</a>, <a href="#Page_82">82</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Spanish Burton, Double, <a href="#Page_82">82</a>, <a href="#Page_83">83</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Spanish Windlass, <a href="#Page_83">83</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Spritsail Sheet Knot, <a href="#Page_66">66</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Spun Yarn, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Square Fastening, <a href="#Page_93">93</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Stationer’s Knot, <a href="#Page_77">77</a>, <a href="#Page_78">78</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Steel Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Stopper Knot, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Strands, <a href="#Page_12">12</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Stun’sail Halyard Bend, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sword Mat Splicing, <a href="#Page_138">138</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Sword Matting, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>, <a href="#Page_137">137</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Tail Jigger, <a href="#Page_87">87</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Tent Pole Knot, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Throat Seizing, <a href="#Page_120">120</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Thrum Mat, <a href="#Page_140">140</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Timber Hitch, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>, <a href="#Page_37">37</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Timber Hitch for Towing Spars, <a href="#Page_37">37</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Toggles, <a href="#Page_107">107</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Tomfool Knot, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Topsail Halyard Bend, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Treble Knot, <a href="#Page_22">22</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Turk’s Head Knot, <a href="#Page_58">58</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Twine, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Twist Knot, Single, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Twist Knot, Double, <a href="#Page_74">74</a>, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Twisted Rope Fastening, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Underhand Loop, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Useful Band, <a href="#Page_106">106</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Wall Knot, <a href="#Page_54">54</a>, <a href="#Page_55">55</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Waterman’s Knot, <a href="#Page_89">89</a>, <a href="#Page_90">90</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Weaver’s Knot or Tie, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wedding Knot or Rose Lashing, <a href="#Page_102">102</a>, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Weaving, Simple, <a href="#Page_144">144</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Whip a Rope, To, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Whipping, American, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Whipping, To Finish, <a href="#Page_105">105</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Whipping, Palm and Needle, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>, <a href="#Page_52">52</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Whipping, West Country, <a href="#Page_104">104</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Hawsers, Steel, <a href="#Page_130">130</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Rope, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Rope Eye Splice, <a href="#Page_130">130</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Rope into Endless Band, To Splice, <a href="#Page_131">131</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Rope Long Splice, <a href="#Page_131">131</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Rope Splicing, <a href="#Page_128">128</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Wire Splice, Short, <a href="#Page_129">129</a></li>
+
+  <li class="indx">Worming, <a href="#Page_124">124</a></li>
+
+
+  <li class="ifrst">Yarn, <a href="#Page_12">12</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter transnote">
+<p class="center"> Transcriber’s Notes.</p>
+
+<p>
+Evident typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected silently.  Inconsistent spelling/hyphenation has been normalised.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To improve text flow, illustrations have been relocated between paragraphs.
+Where necessary, references to illustrations in the text
+have been modified to reflect the change in position.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to the public domain.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78376 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/78376-h/images/cover.jpg b/78376-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27036f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/78376-h/images/frame.png b/78376-h/images/frame.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ff6dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/frame.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_002.jpg b/78376-h/images/i_002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0f7ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_002.jpg
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_012.png b/78376-h/images/i_012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf120bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_012.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_013.png b/78376-h/images/i_013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8773376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_013.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_021over.png b/78376-h/images/i_021over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a4f012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_021over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_021under.png b/78376-h/images/i_021under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd01d79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_021under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_022over.png b/78376-h/images/i_022over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dd8d90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_022over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_022under.png b/78376-h/images/i_022under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d83192b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_022under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_023over.png b/78376-h/images/i_023over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a8d2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_023over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_023under.png b/78376-h/images/i_023under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..310506c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_023under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_024.png b/78376-h/images/i_024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d71f66e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_024.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_025.png b/78376-h/images/i_025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dd5f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_025.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_026.png b/78376-h/images/i_026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5cb67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_026.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_027.png b/78376-h/images/i_027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40301c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_027.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_028.png b/78376-h/images/i_028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f16d555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_028.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_029.png b/78376-h/images/i_029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..584081a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_029.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_030.png b/78376-h/images/i_030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..238c3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_030.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_031over.png b/78376-h/images/i_031over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcb3405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_031over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_031under.png b/78376-h/images/i_031under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b183ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_031under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_032over.png b/78376-h/images/i_032over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f94fa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_032over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_032under.png b/78376-h/images/i_032under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91eb30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_032under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_033.png b/78376-h/images/i_033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2c47bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_033.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_034over.png b/78376-h/images/i_034over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c62840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_034over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_034under.png b/78376-h/images/i_034under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3c9d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_034under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_035.png b/78376-h/images/i_035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e4ccd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_035.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_036.png b/78376-h/images/i_036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bba2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_036.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_037.png b/78376-h/images/i_037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fd3952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_037.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_038.png b/78376-h/images/i_038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..817519f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_038.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_039over.png b/78376-h/images/i_039over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1956d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_039over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_039under.png b/78376-h/images/i_039under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9455bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_039under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_040.png b/78376-h/images/i_040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38c114b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_040.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_041.png b/78376-h/images/i_041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2811a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_041.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_042.png b/78376-h/images/i_042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b4385d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_042.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_043.png b/78376-h/images/i_043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6427264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_043.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_044over.png b/78376-h/images/i_044over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..991bf51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_044over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_044under.png b/78376-h/images/i_044under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b843d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_044under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_045over.png b/78376-h/images/i_045over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..240a44f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_045over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_045under.png b/78376-h/images/i_045under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3f425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_045under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_046.png b/78376-h/images/i_046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77310cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_046.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_047over.png b/78376-h/images/i_047over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..239e6bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_047over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_047under.png b/78376-h/images/i_047under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb9ea78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_047under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_048.png b/78376-h/images/i_048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6133386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_048.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_049over.png b/78376-h/images/i_049over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf06e60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_049over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_049under.png b/78376-h/images/i_049under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bb6e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_049under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_051.png b/78376-h/images/i_051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f675c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_051.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_052.png b/78376-h/images/i_052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b9536c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_052.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_053.png b/78376-h/images/i_053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c83ae76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_053.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_054.png b/78376-h/images/i_054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..116e9d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_054.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_055.png b/78376-h/images/i_055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a876f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_055.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_056.png b/78376-h/images/i_056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..521b2aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_056.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_057.png b/78376-h/images/i_057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f54471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_057.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_058.png b/78376-h/images/i_058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08f44a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_058.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_059.png b/78376-h/images/i_059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1af6f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_059.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_060.png b/78376-h/images/i_060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ae5f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_060.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_061.png b/78376-h/images/i_061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d4092f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_061.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_062.png b/78376-h/images/i_062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e921fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_062.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_063over.png b/78376-h/images/i_063over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf6d161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_063over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_063under.png b/78376-h/images/i_063under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b35b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_063under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_064.png b/78376-h/images/i_064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffc8c5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_064.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_065.png b/78376-h/images/i_065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea2416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_065.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_066.png b/78376-h/images/i_066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c5c906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_066.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_068.png b/78376-h/images/i_068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82ef888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_068.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_069.png b/78376-h/images/i_069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..961b2f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_069.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_070over.png b/78376-h/images/i_070over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67d7c5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_070over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_070under.png b/78376-h/images/i_070under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b0a88e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_070under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_071ovewr.png b/78376-h/images/i_071ovewr.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de0645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_071ovewr.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_071under.png b/78376-h/images/i_071under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aa0bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_071under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_072.png b/78376-h/images/i_072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d305d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_072.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_073.png b/78376-h/images/i_073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58f62e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_073.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_074.png b/78376-h/images/i_074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f19b415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_074.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_075.png b/78376-h/images/i_075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b2150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_075.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_076.png b/78376-h/images/i_076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed5f32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_076.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_077.png b/78376-h/images/i_077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc20868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_077.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_079.png b/78376-h/images/i_079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3573aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_079.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_080.png b/78376-h/images/i_080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38e2b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_080.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_082.png b/78376-h/images/i_082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bf8193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_082.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_083.png b/78376-h/images/i_083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36759ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_083.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_084.png b/78376-h/images/i_084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69b724d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_084.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_086.png b/78376-h/images/i_086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d6a53d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_086.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_087.png b/78376-h/images/i_087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82ab57e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_087.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_088.png b/78376-h/images/i_088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb9ea42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_088.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_089.png b/78376-h/images/i_089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfbe656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_089.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_090over.png b/78376-h/images/i_090over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedd49b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_090over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_090under.png b/78376-h/images/i_090under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c79862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_090under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_091.png b/78376-h/images/i_091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..777cb57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_091.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_092over.png b/78376-h/images/i_092over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445c4f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_092over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_092under.png b/78376-h/images/i_092under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbe7eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_092under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_093over.png b/78376-h/images/i_093over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f7a4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_093over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_093under.png b/78376-h/images/i_093under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c11a099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_093under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_094.png b/78376-h/images/i_094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8227a85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_094.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_095.png b/78376-h/images/i_095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab083a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_095.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_097.png b/78376-h/images/i_097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f28f555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_097.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_098.png b/78376-h/images/i_098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48e82f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_098.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_099over.png b/78376-h/images/i_099over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f895f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_099over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_099under.png b/78376-h/images/i_099under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9cb495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_099under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_100over.png b/78376-h/images/i_100over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3b7f7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_100over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_100under.png b/78376-h/images/i_100under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdf3aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_100under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_101.png b/78376-h/images/i_101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d153bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_101.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_102over.png b/78376-h/images/i_102over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3240d5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_102over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_102under.png b/78376-h/images/i_102under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b9952b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_102under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_103_a.png b/78376-h/images/i_103_a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..689bbec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_103_a.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_103_b.png b/78376-h/images/i_103_b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5c3476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_103_b.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_103_c.png b/78376-h/images/i_103_c.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2579b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_103_c.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_104over.png b/78376-h/images/i_104over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ae9e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_104over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_104under.png b/78376-h/images/i_104under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a0dde3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_104under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_105over.png b/78376-h/images/i_105over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b873f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_105over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_105under.png b/78376-h/images/i_105under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09d1db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_105under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_106over.png b/78376-h/images/i_106over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ab5b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_106over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_106under.png b/78376-h/images/i_106under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e07572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_106under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_107over.png b/78376-h/images/i_107over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47aa967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_107over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_107under.png b/78376-h/images/i_107under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc64ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_107under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_108.png b/78376-h/images/i_108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..621ba98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_108.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_109.png b/78376-h/images/i_109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3e74fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_109.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_110.png b/78376-h/images/i_110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..310937a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_110.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_112.png b/78376-h/images/i_112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03455cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_112.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_114.png b/78376-h/images/i_114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00ce78b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_114.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_115.png b/78376-h/images/i_115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b94a565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_115.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_116.png b/78376-h/images/i_116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee3e343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_116.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_117.png b/78376-h/images/i_117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f378c9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_117.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_118over.png b/78376-h/images/i_118over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03d511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_118over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_118under.png b/78376-h/images/i_118under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..775bb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_118under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_119.png b/78376-h/images/i_119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28d9a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_119.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_120over.png b/78376-h/images/i_120over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da97bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_120over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_120under.png b/78376-h/images/i_120under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04841ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_120under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_121.png b/78376-h/images/i_121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c5c51f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_121.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_122.png b/78376-h/images/i_122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2883e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_122.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_123over.png b/78376-h/images/i_123over.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f425b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_123over.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_123under.png b/78376-h/images/i_123under.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e48881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_123under.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_124.png b/78376-h/images/i_124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3404c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_124.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_126.png b/78376-h/images/i_126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..606d6b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_126.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_127.png b/78376-h/images/i_127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7c8b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_127.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_132.png b/78376-h/images/i_132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6917c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_132.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_135.png b/78376-h/images/i_135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efc599e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_135.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_136.png b/78376-h/images/i_136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b7abe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_136.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_137.png b/78376-h/images/i_137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..725382c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_137.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_138.png b/78376-h/images/i_138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f2e5ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_138.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_140.png b/78376-h/images/i_140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dba4396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_140.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_141.png b/78376-h/images/i_141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c121a64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_141.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_142.png b/78376-h/images/i_142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2592c26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_142.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_144.png b/78376-h/images/i_144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e0ac73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_144.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_145.png b/78376-h/images/i_145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b50518e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_145.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_146.png b/78376-h/images/i_146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63d9806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_146.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_147.png b/78376-h/images/i_147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e20d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_147.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_148.png b/78376-h/images/i_148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52cda2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_148.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_149.png b/78376-h/images/i_149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d418a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_149.png
diff --git a/78376-h/images/i_150.png b/78376-h/images/i_150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4969099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78376-h/images/i_150.png
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c72794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This book, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f210c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for eBook #78376
+(https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/78376)